0% found this document useful (0 votes)
65 views

BM Cimplicity Process Systems With Cimplicity Master

Process Systems with CIMPLICITY provides tools to integrate a CIMPLICITY project with a Process (EGD) Server. The key steps include: 1. Enabling Process Systems in CIMPLICITY. 2. Confirming that Process Systems is enabled by reviewing the extensive additions to classes, objects, faceplates, and roles. 3. Configuring Process Systems roles, building objects from the EGD Server, and optionally revising global object colors. 4. Configuring and using function block objects downloaded from the EGD Server. 5. Setting up a PPS Alarm Viewer screen to monitor alarms.
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
65 views

BM Cimplicity Process Systems With Cimplicity Master

Process Systems with CIMPLICITY provides tools to integrate a CIMPLICITY project with a Process (EGD) Server. The key steps include: 1. Enabling Process Systems in CIMPLICITY. 2. Confirming that Process Systems is enabled by reviewing the extensive additions to classes, objects, faceplates, and roles. 3. Configuring Process Systems roles, building objects from the EGD Server, and optionally revising global object colors. 4. Configuring and using function block objects downloaded from the EGD Server. 5. Setting up a PPS Alarm Viewer screen to monitor alarms.
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 196

CIMPLICITY 11

Process Systems

GE Digital Proficy Historian and Operations Hub: Data Analysis in Context 1


Proprietary Notice
The information contained in this publication is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, General Electric Company assumes no
responsibilities for any errors, omissions or inaccuracies. Information contained in the publication is subject to change without notice.

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form, or stored in a database or retrieval system, or transmitted or distributed in any
form by any means, electronic, mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of General Electric
Company. Information contained herein is subject to change without notice.

© 2020, General Electric Company. All rights reserved.

Trademark Notices
GE, the GE Monogram, and Predix are either registered trademarks or trademarks of General Electric Company.

Microsoft® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation, in the United States and/or other countries.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

We want to hear from you. If you have any comments, questions, or suggestions about our documentation, send them to the following email
address:

[email protected]
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY
Chapter 1. Process Systems with CIMPLICITY..............................................................................4

About Process Systems with CIMPLICITY..................................................................................4


Step 1. Enable Process Systems in CIMPLICITY........................................................................ 4
Step 2. Confirm that Process Systems is Enabled.........................................................................5
Step 2. Confirm that Process Systems is Enabled.................................................................5
Step 2.1. Review Extensive Proficy Systems Additions....................................................... 5
Step 2.2. Review Process Systems OPC Port........................................................................7
Step 3. Configure Process Systems Roles..................................................................................... 8
Step 4. Build Objects from the EGD Server............................................................................... 10
Step 4. Build Objects from the EGD Server....................................................................... 10
Step 4.1. Open the Object Builder - Select Producers Window..........................................10
Step 4.2. Make Selections in the Object Builder - Select Producers Window.................... 11
Step 4.3. Review the Object Builder Results...................................................................... 16
Step 5. Revise the Global Object/Faceplate Colors.................................................................... 17
Step 6. Configure and Use Function Block Objects................................................................... 19
Step 6. Configure and Use Function Block Objects............................................................19
ADV_PID: Object Configuration and Use.......................................................................... 20

AI: Object Configuration and Use.......................................................................................38

ALARM_A: Object Configuration and Use........................................................................47

ALARM_D: Object Configuration and Use........................................................................57

AO: Object Configuration and Use..................................................................................... 65

CTRL_STAT: Object Configuration and Use..................................................................... 74

DC2S: Object Configuration and Use................................................................................. 80

DC3S: Object Configuration and Use................................................................................. 94

DI: Object Configuration and Use.....................................................................................109


Contents | iii

DOUT: Object Configuration and Use.............................................................................. 116

IND_A: Object Configuration and Use............................................................................. 122

IND_D: Object Configuration and Use............................................................................. 130

INTERLOCK: Object Configuration and Use...................................................................135

MANUAL_SP: Object Configuration and Use................................................................. 140

PBUTTON: Object Configuration and Use.......................................................................149

PID: Object Configuration and Use...................................................................................154

RAMPSOAK: Object Configuration and Use................................................................... 172

TOTALIZE: Object Configuration and Use......................................................................180

Step 7. Set up a PPS Alarm Viewer Screen..............................................................................188

Step 7. PPS Alarm Viewer................................................................................................ 188


1. PPS Alarm Viewer Data................................................................................................188
2. PPS Alarm Viewer Buttons........................................................................................... 189
Technical Reference................................................................................................................... 191
Technical Reference........................................................................................................... 191
Glossary of Terms..............................................................................................................191
Required Files Location for Process Systems with CIMPLICITY....................................192
Faceplate Translation......................................................................................................... 193
EGD Engineering Workstation and EGD Power Tool...................................................... 194
Chapter 1. Process Systems with CIMPLICITY

About Process Systems with CIMPLICITY


Welcome to Process Systems with CIMPLICITY.

This feature provides powerful functionality to download, monitor and act upon process data from a
Process (EGD) Server.

Several of the available tools can be selected and customized for your system's requirements.

Step Number Description


Step 1 (page Enable Process Systems in CIMPLICITY.
4)

Step 2 (page Confirm that Process Systems is enabled.


5)

Step 3 (page Configure Process Systems roles.


8)

Step 4 (page Build objects from the EGD Server.


10)

Step 5 (page (Optional) Revise the global object/faceplate colors.


17)

Step 6 (page Configure and use function block objects.


19)

Step 7 (page Set up a PPS Alarm Viewer screen.


188)

Step 1. Enable Process Systems in CIMPLICITY


This task describes how to open the Project Properties dialog box and enable Process Systems.

1. Do one of the following to open the Project Properties dialog box.

Item Action
A Click Project>Properties on the Workbench menu bar.

B Click the Project Properties button on the Workbench toolbar.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 5

Result: The Project Properties dialog box opens when you use either method.

2. Select the General tab in the Project Properties dialog box.

3. Check the following.

Item Option Description


A Process Systems Enables Proficy Process Systems integration.

B OPC Client When PPS Support is checked OPC Client is:


• Checked.
• Made read-only.

4. Make any other specifications for the project properties.

5. Click OK.

The Project Properties dialog box closes; Proficy Process Systems support is enabled. If you create a
new project, Process Systems is automatically checked.

Step 2. Confirm that Process Systems is Enabled

Step 2. Confirm that Process Systems is Enabled

Review the features that are added when Process Systems is enabled.
Step 2.1 Review extensive Proficy Systems additions.
(page
5)

Step 2.2 Review the new Process Systems OPC port.


(page
7)

Step 2.1. Review Extensive Proficy Systems Additions

Process Systems adds the following to the CIMPLICITY project as soon as it is enabled.

• Classes.
• Object Builder
• Mimic objects.
• Faceplates.
• Roles.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 6

• Process Systems OPC port.

Classes
Select Project>Classes in the Workbench left pane.

Process Systems classes are listed in the Workbench right pane.

A class is:

• Available for each Process System function block.


• Read-only.

Object Builder
Expand the Process Systems folder in the Workbench left pane.

An Object Builder is available.

The Object Builder (page 10) provides the tools to download objects from the EGD Server.

Note: If the Proficy Systems Engineering Workstation has been installed the following can also be
opened through the Workbench.

• Engineering Workstation
• EGD Power Tool

Mimic Objects
Select Project>Screens>PPS in the Workbench left pane.

A CimEdit screen:

• Is available for each CIMPLICITY class that corresponds to a Process System function block.
• Includes mimic objects that are available for the

Mimic objects:

• Are used on CIMPLICITY overview screens.


• Either mimic the functionality of the corresponding PPS function block or the device that the
function block controls.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 7

Faceplates
Select Project>Screens>PPS>Faceplates in the Workbench left pane.

A Faceplate is:

• Available for each Process System class (function block).


• Read-only.

Roles
Select Project>Security>Roles in the Workbench left pane.

Process Systems adds two roles to the CIMPLICITY project.

They are:

• ENGINEER.
• GUEST.

Step 2.2. Review Process Systems OPC Port

1. Select Project>Equipment>Ports in the Workbench left pane.

If an OPC port has:


• Already been installed, Process Systems installs a port with the next available index.
• Not already been installed the Process Systems port will be MASTER_OPC_0.

2. Double-click the Process Systems port in the Workbench right pane.

The Process System's OPC Port Properties dialog box opens.


• General tab
• OPC port settings tab.

General tab: Process Systems OPC Port Properties dialog box

Some default values are different from the standard OPC port General default values.

Process Systems General default values are as follows.

Feature Default Value


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 8

Description Process Systems Port

Scan rate 5 Seconds

Retry count 3

Enable Checked

Enable stale data Clear

OPC port settings tab: Process Systems OPC Port Properties dialog box

Select the OPC Port Settings tab.

Some default values are different from the standard OPC Port Settings default values.

Process Systems Port Settings default values are as follows.

Feature Default Value

EightByteReals True

UserServerTimeStamp True

MessageTicks 50

CircularLog True

LogFileSize 1000000

UserDataTypePromotion False

RefreshUnsoItems True

BatchDynamicAdditions True

BatchAddBatchSize 50

BatchTimeToLive 200

AddBoolAsBool False

TraceLevel 1

Step 3. Configure Process Systems Roles


Two default roles are added to the project when Process Systems is enabled.

They are:

rect 175, 89, 255, 107 (page 9)


rect 174, 105, 254, 124 (page 9)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 9

A ENGINEER role default.


(page
9)

B GUEST role default.


(page
9)

Important: If you already have either an ENGINEER and/or GUEST role defined in your
system, it will be overwritten by the Proficy Process Systems ENGINEER and/or GUEST roles.

ENGINEER Role Default


The Engineer role, by default: is assigned the following.

Privileges

1 Is assigned a Level of 200. A 200 Level is required to perform several faceplate functions.

2 Assigned all privileges.

Configuration

When Configuration Security is enabled, the Engineer role, by default, is assigned all configuration
privileges.

GUEST Role Default


The Guest role, by default, is assigned the following.

Privileges

1 Is assigned a Level of 0. A guest will be able to review the faceplate, but will not be able to affect it's function or
status.

2 Assigned no privileges.

Configuration

Important: When Configuration Security is enabled, all roles, by default, are assigned all
configuration privileges.

This means that the guest, by default, will have Objects checked which allows a guest to use the
Object Builder (page 10) to build objects from the EGD Server.

It is strongly recommended that you remove these privileges and use the guest role as a read-only
role.

Recommended
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 10

Step 4. Build Objects from the EGD Server

Step 4. Build Objects from the EGD Server


4.1 Open the Object Builder - Select Producers window.
(page
10)

4.2 Make selections in the Object Builder - Select Producers window.


(page
11)

4.3 Review the Object builder results.


(page
16)

Step 4.1. Open the Object Builder - Select Producers Window

1. Select Project>Process Systems>Object Builder in the Workbench left pane.

2. Select Object Builder in the right pane.

3. Do one of the following.


A Click Edit>Properties on the Workbench menu bar.

B Click the Properties button on the Workbench toolbar.

C In the Workbench left pane:

Either Or

Double click Object Builder. a. Right-click Object Builder.


b. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

D In the Workbench right pane:

Either Or

Double click Object Builder. a. Right-click Object Builder.


b. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

E Press Alt+Enter on the keyboard.

4. Right-click Object Builder.

5. Select Properties on the Popup menu.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 11

6. Right-click Object Builder.

7. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

Step 4.2. Make Selections in the Object Builder - Select Producers


Window
Step 4.2. Make Selections in the Object Builder - Select Producers Window

Use the Object Builder windows to build objects in CIMPLICITY from the EGD Server, as follows.

rect 2, 11, 88, 31 Step 4.2.1. Identify a Remote EGD Server (page 11)
rect -4, 46, 324, 172 Step 4.2.2. Review Producer Status on the EGD Server vs. CIMPLICITY (page
13)
rect -5, 170, 327, 200 Step 4.2.3. Select Producers and Actions (page 13)
rect 325, 114, 429, 197 Step 4.2.4. Build the Selected Actions (page 15)
Step 4.2.1 Identify a remote EGD server.
(page
11)

Step 4.2.2 Review producers that are on the EGD server.


(page
13)

Step 4.2.3 Select producers and actions.


(page
13)

Step 4.2.4 Build the selected actions.


(page
15)

Step 4.2.1. Identify a Remote EGD Server

The Object Builder provides a window to identify the EGD Configuration Server.

Note: When the EGD server is:

EGD Server is: The Object Builder

Local Will find the EGD server automatically.

Remote Needs to have the name and location entered.

A Open the EDG Config Server dialog box.


(page
12)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 12

B Enter specifications to identify the EDG server.


(page
12)

1. Open the EDG Config Server dialog box.

Click File>Options on the Object Builder - Select Producers menu bar.

Result: The EDG Config Server window opens.

1. Enter specifications to identify the EDG server.

1. Enter the following specifications to change the EDG server.


Server The name or IP address of the Server whose producers the Object Builder will compare to Process
Systems objects in the CIMPLICITY project.

Port Port the Object Builder uses to connect to the EGD server.

Default 7938 Important: It is strongly recommended that the default port be used.

Path (If the EGD server is remote) Specify either the server's IP address or URL.

Default /EGD Important: Use the default if the EGD server is local.

Timeout Length of time the Object Builder has to connect to the specified EGD Server.

Default 20000 milliseconds

2. Click Test to make sure that a connection can be made.

One of the following occurs.


• If a connection cannot be made a message box opens reporting that the connection cannot
be resolved.

You will need to resolve the issues that may be causing the lack of communication, e.g. check
the IP address, correct a network failure.
• If a connection is made, a Test Successful message opens.

Click OK to close the message box.

3. Click OK to close the EGD Config Server dialog box.

The EDG Config Server window closes. The EGD server that was identified before the Object
Builder - Select Producers window opened continues to be the selected EGD server.

1. Re-open the Object Builder - Select Producers window.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 13

Click File>Exit on the Object Builder - Select Producers window menu bar.

The Object Builder - Select Producers window closes.

• When you re-open the Object Builder - Select Producers window, the identified EGD server will
be the server the Object Builder connects to.
• If the Object Builder fails to find the EGD Server within the specified Timeout period, an error
message will display.

1. Click OK to close the message box.

The Object Builder - Select Producers window will open.

1. Correct the EDG server configuration or specifications.


2. Close and re-open the Object Builder - Select Producers window when the corrections are made.

Step 4.2.2. Review Producer Status on the EGD Server vs. CIMPLICITY

The Object Builder - Select Producers window lists the following.

A Producer Producers found on the EGD server.

B Producer Status of the producer's objects on the EGD server vs. the CIMPLICITY project. Options are:
ID

Up to Date The producer's newest Proficy System objects are in the CIMPLICITY project.

Out of Date The producer's Proficy System objects are in the CIMPLICITY project. However, the
producer has newer versions and/or additional objects on the EGD server.

EGD Server The producers Proficy System objects are on the EGD Server only; they have not been
Only added to the CIMPLICITY project.

CIMPLICITY The producer has been removed from the EGD Server; the Proficy System objects are
Only still in the CIMPLICITY project.

C Status The unique Producer ID assigned to a Producer on the EGD server. EGD Server documentation
provides detailed information about producer ID's.

D Last The (local)date and time that one or more objects in the producer was last added or updated.
Update

Step 4.2.3. Select Producers and Actions

A Select one or more Producers.


(page
14)

B Click an action button for the selected Producers.


(page
14)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 14

C Proceed with the actions.


(page
15)

1. Select one or more Producers.

Do one of the following.

• Click the Reconcile All button.

Result: The Object Builder lists the actions that will be taken based on the Producer's current status.

• Adds objects from all Producers that are only on the EGD Server.
• Updates (and adds) objects from all Producers that have newer versions than what is currently in
the CIMPLICITY project.
• Use standard mouse/keyboard procedures to select Producers.

To Select Action

Single Producer Click the Producer.

Several Producers that may not be next to each other


1. Hold down the Ctrl key
2. Click the Producers.

A range of Producers.
1. Click one Producer to start the range.
2. Press and hold down the Shift key.
3. Click the Producer that is at the end of the range.

1. Click an Action button for the selected producers.

Note: This is not required if Reconcile All was clicked.

Buttons that are available for the selections are enabled, as follows.

Button Is Enabled Action

A Update Either or both (and only those)


of the following are selected. • Add objects from selected Producers that are only on the EGD
Up to Date Out of Date Server.
• Update (and add) objects from selected Producers that have
newer versions than what is currently in the CIMPLICITY project.

Note: Because the status is based on the last update timestamp, the
Update button is enabled when the status is Up to Date to let you
correct any out of sync issue that might occur.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 15

B Remove When a selected producer's Deletes the producer's Process System objects and all associated
objects are in the CIMPLICITY features, e.g. points, alarms. Note: A message box will open to
project. confirm the removal action.

C Clear Always Removes actions from the selected producers. When the selected
Action actions are committed, producers with cleared (no) actions will not be
affected.

Continue to select as many Producers/Action buttons as are required.

1. Proceed with the actions.

Click one of the following buttons when all Producers/actions have been selected.

Button Action

A Proceed Begin the action process.

B Close Close the Object Builder - Select Producers window without taking any action.

Result: The Object Builder - Commit window opens when Proceed is clicked.

Step 4.2.4. Build the Selected Actions

Note: If Configuration Security is enabled, the Build button will be enabled for users whose
roles have Objects checked on the Configuration (page 8) tab in the Roles Properties dialog box.

A Review the detailed list of actions in the Object Builder - Commit window
(page
14)

B Select how to proceed.


(page
16)

C Complete object building.


(page
16)

1. Review the detailed list of actions in the Object Builder - Commit window.

The Object Builder - Commit window provides the following information for you to review while the
actions are pending.

1 Action Action that will be taken based what was specified in the Object Builder - Select Producers window.

2 Object Process System object in the selected producer.

3 Class Process System class that the object is associated with.

4 Status Action status. Note: The status is Pending before the object is built.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 16

1. Select how to proceed.

Click one of the following buttons to proceed (or continue).

Button Enabled:: Action

1 Build Both when:

Instructs the Object Builder to perform the selected actions.


• The Object Builder - Commit
window opens.

Instructs the Object Builder to resume performing the selected


• The process is stopped. actions.

2 Close When the Object Builder - Commit Closes the Object Builder - Commit window without performing
window opens. the selected actions.

3 Stop While the actions are in process. Stops the process.

1. Complete object building.

Do the following when the Object Builder completes the selected actions.

1 The status reports SUCCESS when objects are built without errors.

2 (If there are errors) status messages report what caused the error.

Tip: Tips

• The column widths can be changed to display the message text.


• A horizontal scroll bar provides scroll functionality for longer messages.

3 Click Close to close the Object Builder - Commit window.

Result: The Object Builder - Select Producers window will remain open when the Object Builder -
Commit window closes.

Review the new status summary and take new action or close (page 15) the Object Builder -
Select Producers window.

Step 4.3. Review the Object Builder Results

• Points
• Alarms
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 17

• Class objects

Points
Select Project>Points in the Workbench left pane.

The Object Builder downloaded read-only points that are associated with the downloaded objects.

The points are:

1 EGD device points.

2 $DERIVED points

3 $GLOBAL virtual points with associated alarms.

Alarms
Select Project>Alarms in the Workbench left pane.

The Object Builder downloaded read-only alarms that are associated with the downloaded objects.

Class objects
Select Project>Objects in the Workbench left pane.

The Object Builder downloaded the latest objects from selected Producers (page 11) .

Step 5. Revise the Global Object/Faceplate Colors


The Proficy System Objects and faceplates have default colors. If the colors do not match your
system's schema they can be changed globally in the RGB.dat file.

• Rgb.dat location.
• Default PPS global colors

Rgb.dat Location

1. Select C:\Program Files\Proficy\Proficy CIMPLICITY\data\

Where

C:\Program Fies\Proficy\Proficy CIMPLICITY is the default location.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 18

2. Open the rgb.dat file in a text editor, e.g. Notepad.

3. Edit the RGB index so the colors conform to your system's specifications.

Note: If you do a search for rgb.dat in the Proficy CIMPLICITY directory, a file will be
found that is located in the ...\classes\pps folder. This is not the copy that CIMPLICITY uses.
Save this copy as a backup, in case you need to revert to the default.

Default PPS Global Colors


Mimic Object(s) State Default Color Index #

ADV_PID\AO\PID

OP >= Color Animation Criterion Green 100

OP >= Color Animation Criterion - Shading DarkGreen 101

OP < Color Animation Criterion Red 102

OP < Color Animation Criterion - Shading DarkRed 103

DC2S

State 0 Active Red 110

State 0 Active - Shading DarkRed 111

State 1 Active Green 112

State 1 Active - Shading DarkGreen 113

State 2 or 3 Active Green 114

State 2 or 3 Active - Shading DarkGreen 115

In Transition White 116

In Transition - Shading DarkGrey 117

Fault Yellow 118

Fault - Shading Khaki 119

DI

Normal State Red 120

Normal State - Shading DarkRed 121

Indicative State Green 122

Indicative State - Shading DarkGreen 123

DOUT

On State Green 124

On State - Shading DarkGreen 125


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 19

Off State Red 126

Off State - Shading DarkRed 127

All Mimic Objects

TagName??? ???

Step 6. Configure and Use Function Block Objects

Step 6. Configure and Use Function Block Objects

• Object configuration and use


• General tab in a PPS Object dialog box.

Object Configuration and Use


Each PPS function block includes a faceplate and several mimic objects that are available for
configuration and runtime use.

The function blocks are:

• ADV_PID
• Advanced PID
• AI
• Analog Input
• ALARM_A
• Analog Alarm
• ALARM_D
• Discrete Alarm
• AO
• Analog Output
• CTRL_STAT
• Control Status
• DC2S
• Device Control 2 State
• DC3S
• Device Control 3 State
• DI
• Discrete input
• DOUT
• Discrete Output
• IND_A
• HMI Analog Indication
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 20

• IND_D
• HMI Discrete Indication
• INTERLOCK
• INTERLOCK
• MANUAL_SP
• HMI Manual Setpoint
• PBUTTON
• HMI Discrete Pushbutton
• PID
• PID
• RAMPSOAK
• Ramp Soak Setpoint Generator
• TOTALIZE
• Totalized Flow Rate

General Tab in a PPS Object Dialog Box


The General tab in the Object dialog box for PPS objects provides

• Information about the class object on the EGD server.


• The same type of information for all of the function blocks.

Field Description

Class ID Displays the name of the function block that is associated with the object.

Description (Read-write) More information to help identify the object.

Class Version of the CIMPLICITY class that defines the object to keep track of changes in classes.
Version

Block Version of actual function block (control logic) in the PPS library.
Version

Tag Name Given to the function block instance in the engineering workstation and carried through the PPS global
name space

Tag OPC address: [$<OPC group>]<tag name> Group tags together to insure data coherency among
Address instance data.

ADV_PID: Object Configuration and Use


ADV_PID: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is from the EGD server.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 21

1 ADV_PID: Ethernet global data


(page
21)

2 ADV_PID: Object properties.


(page
21)

3 ADV_PID: Mimic objects.


(page
23)

4 ADV_PID: Faceplate.
(page
33)

1. ADV_PID: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS advanced PID block is as follows.

Global Data Data Type Description


FC UINT Faceplate Command

KD REAL Derivative Time

KI REAL Integral Reset

KP REAL Proportional Gain

ON REAL Minimum OP

OP REAL Controller Output

OX REAL Maximum OP

PI REAL Process Variable Indication

PN REAL Minimum PV

PX REAL Maximum PV

SC REAL Controller Setpoint

SK UINT Setpoint Tracking Switch

ST DWORD HMI Status Word

2. ADV_PID: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an ADV_PID class ID.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 22

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• ADV_PID General.
• ADV_PID HMI Properties.

ADV_PID General
The Object dialog box General tab provides that precisely identifies the ADV_PID object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

ADV_PID HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS advanced PID block are as follows.

HMI Data
Description Restrictions
Properties Type
Faceplate OP The Rate at which the output increments/decrements in Manual Mode REAL Greater than or
PB Rate when a mouse clicks on the Adjust OP buttons. equal to 0.0

Label Object identification. String

OP Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

PV and SP Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits
Precision

Resource Resource. String 16 Characters


or less

OP Output Variable Engineering units. String 8 Characters or


Engineering less
Units

PV Process Variable Engineering Units. String 8 Characters or


Engineering less
Units

Faceplate SP The Rate at which the setpoint increments/decrements in Local Mode REAL Greater than or
PB Rate when a mouse clicks on the Adjust SP buttons. equal to 0.0
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 23

HMI Data
Description Restrictions
Properties Type
Animation The percentage of the full range of OP that must be exceeded by OP to Real Greater than or
Criterion Indicate that the Valve/Damper is open. equal to 0.0

3. ADV_PID: Mimic Objects

3. ADV_PID: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 ADV_PID: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
23)

3.2 ADV_PID: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
24)

3.1. ADV_PID: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

Place an ADV_PID mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.

2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

3. Select an ADV_PID object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The ADV_PID default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function
block name, e.g. ADV_PID, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag
name.

(Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object. (Mimic object only)

4. Right-click the ADV_PID mimic object.

5. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

(Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object. (Mimic object and/or function
block object)

6. Right-click the ADV_PID mimic object.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 24

7. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

8. Select the Class Object tab.

9. Enter the Object ID. Select from a list of available ADV_PID function block objects.

10. Enter the Graphic Name. Select from a list of available ADV_PID mimic objects.

11. Click OK. The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either
method.

12. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. ADV_PID: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. ADV_PID: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS advanced PID block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the ADV_PID faceplate through any object. However, the exact
data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 212, 118, 298, 193 ADV_PID: VLV Top 2 Bottom (page 33)
rect 0, 2, 86, 77 ADV_PID: VLV Flanged Horizontal (page 28)
rect 91, 4, 177, 79 ADV_PID: VLV Flanged Vertical (page 29)
rect 9, 123, 95, 198 ADV_PID: VLV Left 2 Right (page 31)
rect 111, 124, 197, 199 ADV_PID: VLV Right 2 Left (page 32)
rect 112, 221, 217, 296 ADV_PID: VLV ISA Vertical_L (page 30)
rect 18, 218, 104, 293 ADV_PID: VLV ISA Horizontal (page 30)
rect 232, 216, 335, 291 ADV_PID: VLV ISA Vertical_R (page 31)
rect 363, 235, 502, 321 ADV_PID: Louver Vertical Flow (page 28)
rect 188, 4, 286, 105 ADV_PID: Damper Horizontal Flow (page 25)
rect 294, 2, 408, 91 ADV_PID: Damper Vertical Flow (page 26)
rect 304, 97, 400, 211 ADV_PID: Louver Horizontal Flow (page 27)
rect 416, -1, 512, 65 ADV_PID: Generic (page 27)
rect 401, 111, 497, 177 ADV_PID: Adjustable Speed Drive (page 25)
Adjustable Speed Drive

Damper Horizontal Flow

Damper Vertical Flow

Generic

Louver Horizontal Flow


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 25

Louver Vertical Flow

VLV Flanged Horizontal

VLV Flanged Vertical

VLV ISA Horizontal

VLV ISA Vertical_L

VLVISA Vertical_R

VLV Left 2 Right

VLV Right 2 Left

VLV Top 2 Bottom

VLV = Valve.

ADV_PID: Adjustable Speed Drive

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 OP (controller output value). ADV_PID function block's OP value.

4 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

5 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

6 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

7 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

8 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

9 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

10 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

11 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: Damper Horizontal Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 26

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

3 Tracking Active Indicator.

4 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

5 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

6 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: Damper Vertical Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Tracking Active Indicator.

2 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

3 Object Label.

4 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

5 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

6 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 27

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: Generic

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Tracking Active Indicator.

2 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

3 Object Label.

4 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

5 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

6 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: Louver Horizontal Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

3 Tracking Active Indicator.

4 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

5 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 28

6 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: Louver Vertical Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

4 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

5 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

6 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV Flanged Horizontal

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 29

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

4 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

5 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

6 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV Flanged Vertical

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

4 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

5 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

6 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 30

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV ISA Horizontal

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

3 Tracking Active Indicator.

4 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

5 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

6 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV ISA Vertical_L

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

4 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

5 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 31

6 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV ISA Vertical_R

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

3 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

4 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

5 Tracking Active Indicator.

6 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV Left 2 Right

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 32

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

3 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

4 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

5 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

6 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

7 Tracking Active Indicator.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV Right 2 Left

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

3 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

5 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

6 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

7 Tracking Active Indicator.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 33

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ADV_PID: VLV Top 2 Bottom

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 OP mode: M (Manual), A (Automatic).

3 SP Mode: L (Local) or R (Remote).

4 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

5 Tracking Active Indicator.

6 OP (controller output) value. ADV_PID function block's OP value.

7 OP (controller output) unit. The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition (for example: PSI, SCF,
DegF). The measurement unit must be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, ADV_PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the ADV_PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: ADV_PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. ADV_PID: Faceplate

4. ADV_PID: Faceplate

The ADV_PID function block provides feedback control by means of proportional plus integral plus
derivative action.

Click a tab to display and review features for each ADV_PID faceplate frame.

circle 241, 32, 15 ADV_PID: Faceplate Trend Frame (page 37)


circle 154, 32, 15 ADV_PID: Faceplate Details Frame (page 35)
circle 57, 30, 15 ADV_PID Faceplate: Main Frame (page 34)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 34

ADV_PID Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields and button execution in this Main frame are enabled when a user Is
associated with both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 100. If, after you log in,
the data entry fields and buttons should be enabled and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Maximum Value. Setpoint (SP) and Process Variable (PV) maximum value in Engineering units.

2 Maximum Value. Output (OP) maximum value in Engineering Units.

3 ADV_PID Setpoint (SP) Adjustment Buttons. Up Button: Each click increments the setpoint by an amount that
is determined by SP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate Option. The button can only be clicked when the: SP
Mode is Local, SP tracking is Inactive, or the User has adequate credentials. Push Button Rate Option (Fine
Adjustment): When selected, each click increase/decreases the value by 1/10 of the SP PB Rate. Click the
button to toggle between rate options. Push Button Rate Option (Coarse Adjustment): When selected, each click
increase/decreases the value by the SP PB Rate. Click the button to toggle between rate options. Down button:
Each click decrements the setpoint by an amount that is determined by SP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate
Option. The button can only be clicked when the: SP Mode is Local, SP tracking is Inactive, or the User has
adequate credentials.

4 Setpoint (SP) Tracking Icon. Displays when Setpoint Tracking is active. When Setpoint Tracking is active SP
tracks PV. Setpoint Tracking is used to ensure that no errors exist when the ADV_PID returns to automatic
mode. When the icon displays an operator cannot change the setpoint values from the faceplate. In order for
setpoint tracking to be active: Setpoint Tracking must be enabled (see the Details Frame) and the ADV_PID
must be in Output Tracking or Manual mode.

5 ADV_PID Output (OP) Adjustment Buttons. Up Button: Each click increments the output by an amount that is
determined by the OP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate option. The button can be clicked only when the:
OP mode is Manual, Output is not tracking the reference TR, or the User has adequate credentials. Push
Button Rate Option: When selected, each click increase/decreases the value by 1/10 of the OP PB Rate.
Click the button to toggle between rate options. Push Button Rate Option: When selected, each click increase/
decreases the value by the OP PB Rate. Click the button to toggle between rate options. Down button: Each
click decrements the output by an amount that is determined by the OP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate
option. The button can only be clicked when the: OP Mode is Manual, Output is not tracking the reference TR, or
the User has adequate credentials.

6 OP Tracking Icon. Displays when Output Tracking is active. When Output Tracking is active OP tracks TR
(tracking reference). Output Tracking is used to override OP with a value fed to the ADV_PID block. When the
icon displays an operator cannot change the OP value from the faceplate; Output Tracking overrides Manual
Mode adjustments. In order for output tracking to be active both TSW and TR must be defined and TSW must
be On.

7 SP Animation Bar. The animation bar displays the Setpoint value in relation to its range. The setpoint range is
the same as the process variable’s range and defined by PV Min/Max.

8 PV Animation Bar. The animation bar displays the PV value in relation to its range. PV range is defined by PV
Min/Max.

9 ADV_PID Output (OP) Animation Bar. The animation bar displays the OP value in relation to its range. OP
Range is defined by the OP Min/Max.

10 Minimum Value. Setpoint (SP) and Process Variable (PV) minimum value in Engineering Units.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 35

11 Minimum Value. Output (OP) minimum value in Engineering Units.

12 ADV_PID SP Setpoint Command. To change the value, click the current value and enter a specific setpoint. The
setpoint will adjust to the new value immediately. Stepwise changes to the ADV_PID setpoint can be filtered to
smooth out the change in SP over time so bumps do not occur in the output. The value can be changed only
when the: SP Mode is Local, SP tracking is Inactive, or the User has adequate credentials.

13 (Read-only) Process Variable Indication. Displays the PV value in Engineering Units.

14 ADV_PID Output (OP) Value. Current output value. When in Manual mode the desired output can be entered
instead of clicking the Up or Down buttons. The value can be changed only when the: OP Mode is Manual,
Output Tracking is Inactive, or the User has adequate credentials.

15 Process Variable (PV) Engineering Units Examples of engineering units are PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

16 Output (OP) Engineering Units. Examples of engineering units are percent stroke on a valve or the units
associated with the secondary loop’s process variable in a cascade control strategy.

17 Remote Button Click the button, when it is enabled, to set the setpoint source for the PID to remote. When the
setpoint source is Remote the ADV_PID setpoint is determined by external logic and fed to the ADV_PID block.
Example: The secondary ADV_PID’s setpoint in a cascade control strategy is remote because its source is the
primary ADV_PID’s output. If the text of the Remote button is White, it's enabled. If it is Silver, it's Disabled.
Reasons the Remote Button may be Disabled include: the Remote setpoint source is active, RSP is not defined,
SCW = 1 or SCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate
to issue the Remote command. Actions to Determine why the Remote Button is Disabled: Check the button's
indicator light to see if the source of the ADV_PID setpoint is remote, view the Details frame, or review the
required user credentials. If the indicator light is Black, the setpoint source is Not Remote. If it is Green, it is
Remote.

18 Local Button. Click the button, when it is enabled, to set the setpoint source for the ADV_PID to local. When
the setpoint source is local the ADV_PID setpoint is set by the faceplate. If the text is White, the Local button
is Enabled. If it is Silver, it is disabled. Reasons the Local Button may be Disabled include: the Local setpoint
source is active, SCW = 1 or SCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource)
are inadequate to issue the Local command. Actions to Determine why the Local Button is Disabled: Check the
button's indicator light to see if the source of the ADV_PID setpoint is local, view the Details frame, or review the
required user credentials. If the indicator light is Black, the setpoint source is Not Local. If it is Green, it is Local.

19 Auto Mode Button. Automatic mode means that OP is determined by the ADV_PID algorithm. Click the button,
when it is enabled, to place the ADV_PID in automatic mode. If the text is White, the Auto Mode button is
Enabled. If it is Silverm it is Disabled. Reasons the Auto Mode Button may be Disabled include: Automatic mode
is active, MCW = 1 or MCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are
inadequate to issue the Auto command. Actions to Determine why the Auto Mode Button is Disabled: check
the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Auto mode, view the Details frame, or review required user
credentials. If the Indicator light is Black, ADV_PID is in Manual Mode. If it is Green, it is in Auto Mode. The
ADV_PID block ensures that when you switch from Auto mode to Manual mode and vice versa OP is bumpless.

20 Manual Mode Button. Manual mode means that OP is set by the operator using the faceplate. Click the button,
when it is enabled, to place the ADV_PID in manual mode. If the text is White, the Manual Mode button is
Enabled. If it is Silver, it's Disabled. Reasons the Manual Mode Button may be Disabled include: Manual mode
is active, MCW = 1 or MCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are
inadequate to issue the Manual command. Actions to Determine why the Manual Mode Button is Disabled:
check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Manual mode, view the Details frame, or review
required user credentials. If the Indicator light is Black, ADV_PID is in Auto Mode. If it is Green, it's in Manual
Mode. The ADV_PID block ensures that when you switch from Auto Mode to Manual Mode and vice versa OP is
bumpless.

21 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

ADV_PID: Faceplate Details Frame


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 36

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Kp: Proportional gain. The Adapt indicator is: Green if Kp is set by logic using an adaptive tuning algorithm.
Cannot be adjusted from the faceplate. Black if Kp is not adaptively tuned. Can be adjusted in the faceplate. The
unit of measurement of Kp is the ratio of the output’s engineering units to process variable’s engineering units.

2 Ki: Integral reset. The Adapt indicator is: Green if Ki is set by logic using an adaptive tuning algorithm. Cannot
be adjusted from the faceplate. Black if Ki is not adaptively tuned. Can be adjusted in the faceplate. The unit of
measurement of Ki is repeats per minute.

3 Kd: Derivative time. The Adapt indicator is: Green if Kd is set by logic using an adaptive tuning algorithm.
Cannot be adjusted from the faceplate. Black if Kd is not adaptively tuned. Can be adjusted in the faceplate. The
unit of measurement of Kd is minutes.

4 OP Min: Output minimum value. This value is the minimum for OP animated fill on the Main frame.

5 OP Max: Output maximum value. This value is the maximum for OP animated fill on the Main frame.

6 PV minimum value. This value is the minimum for PV animated fill and SP animated fill on the Main frame.

7 PV maximum value. This value is the maximum for PV animated fill and SP animated fill on the Main frame.

8 SP Tracking. If SP tracking is enabled, the set point will track the process variable when the ADV_PID controller
is in Manual mode or OP Tracking mode. During this time the set point cannot be changed through the Main
frame. Click to enable SP tracking. Clear to disable SP tracking.

9 The algorithm type that is being used: Series: Proportional, integral, and derivative terms are combined in a
manner that makes them interacting. Parallel: Proportional, integral, and derivative terms are combined in a
manner that makes them non-interacting. ???: Either of the following. Invalid or Communications have been lost
with the PAC.

10 ADV_PID direction Direct: Error = PV - SP Reverse: Error = SP - PV IMPORTANT: The direction of the
ADV_PID is given in reference to the controller an not the process. This convention follows the definition in
ANSI/ISA 51.1 Standard where: A direct acting controller is defined as a controller in which the value of the
output signal increases as the value of the input (measured variable) increases, and a reverse acting controller
is defined as a controller in which the value of the output signal decreases as the value of the input (measured
variable) increases.

11 D/dt: Derivative Term. Displays whether the derivative term is based on PV or Error.

12 MCW: The mode command word dictates the ADV_PID block's mode and selectability. No Input = Selectable
from the faceplate 0 = Selectable from the faceplate 1 = Mode is locked in Manual Mode 2 = Mode is locked in
Auto Mode

13 SCW: The setpoint command word dictates the ADV_PID setpoint's source and selectability. No Input =
Selectable from the faceplate 0 = Selectable from the faceplate 1 = Mode is locked in Local 2 = Mode is locked
in Remote The setpoint source can be remote only if the input RSP is defined with an argument.

14 RSP: Reports whether or not the remote setpoint input on the ADV_PID block is defined with an argument.
The remote setpoint is determined in logic and passed to the ADV_PID block , such as in the case of cascade
control. Defined = Defined with an argument. Undefined = Not defined with an argument. If the remote setpoint
is not defined then the source of the ADV_PID’s setpoint cannot be remote.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 37

15 Exit Button: Click to close the faceplate.

ADV_PID: Faceplate Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Y-axis: Output (OP) Operation (Percent).

2 Y-axis: Setpoint (SP) and Process Variable (PV). Engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g.
Degrees Fahrenheit, PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet.

3 Trend lines (default colors) are as follows. Lime = SP Aqua = PV Muted yellow = OP

4 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Y-axis
value, date, and time.

5 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments. 15 Mins = 15 minutes 1 Hr = 1 hour 8 Hrs = 8 hours 50 percent: Depending on time duration
selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the
following increments. 15 Mins = 7.5 minutes 1 Hr = 30 minutes 8 Hrs = 4 hours

6 X-axis: Local (PC) time.

7 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will advance the trend chart forward in time by the
following increments: 15 Mins = 15 minutes 1 Hr = 1 hour 8 Hrs =8 hours 50 percent: Depending on time
duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will advance the trend chart forward in
time by the following increments. 15 Mins = 7.5 minutes 1 Hr = 30 minutes 8 Hrs = 4 hours

8 Legend. Based on the slider's position, displays the: Y-axis value, date, and time.

9 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected

10 1 Hr Button: The Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

12 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The date and time continue to display. The three states are: No Y-axis/
No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-axis and Full Legend. Y-axis displays engineering units specified in the
object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet.

13 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

14 Grid Button: Click to display/hide the grid. Grid Button (Red Minus) means the grid displays. Click to hide. Grid
Button (Green Plus) means the grid is hidden. Click to display. Default: The grid displays.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 38

15 Exit Button: Click to close the faceplate.

AI: Object Configuration and Use


AI: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 AI: Ethernet global data
(page
38)

2 AI: Object properties.


(page
39)

3 AI: Mimic objects.


(page
39)

4 AI: Faceplate.
(page
45)

1. AI: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS AI block is as follows.


Global Data Data Type Description

RC [0] REAL Raw Low

RC [1] REAL Raw High

RE [0] REAL Engineering Low

RE [1] REAL Engineering High

FV REAL Forced Value

TP REAL Transported Process Variable

TR REAL Transported Raw Input

FC UINT Faceplate Command

ST UINT HMI Status Word


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 39

2. AI: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an AI class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• AI General.
• AI HMI Properties.

AI General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the AI object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

AI HMI Properties
Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Analog Input block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification. String

Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters or less

Engineering Units Analog Input Engineering Units. String 8 Characters or less

3. AI: Mimic Objects

3. AI: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 40

3.1 AI: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.


(page
40)

3.2 AI: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
41)

3.1. AI: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an AI mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
40)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
40)

1. Place an AI mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.

2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

3. Select an AI object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The AI default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function
block name, e.g. AI, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

a. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

4. Right-click the AI mimic object.

5. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

6. Right-click the AI mimic object.

7. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

8. Select the Class Object tab.

9. Do one or both of the following.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 41

Field Select from a list of available AI:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

10. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

11. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. AI: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. AI: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.

rect 162, 188, 297, 284 AI: Quality Readout 3 (page 44)
rect 5, 188, 156, 272 AI: Basic Readout 3 (page 42)
rect 177, 94, 312, 178 AI: Quality Readout 2 (page 43)
rect 173, 0, 308, 84 AI: Quality Readout 1 (page 43)
rect 2, 85, 153, 169 AI: Basic Readout 2 (page 42)
rect 2, 7, 153, 91 AI: Basic Readout 1 (page 41)
rect 320, 3, 442, 102 AI: Block Readout 1 (page 44)
BasicReadout1

BasicReadout2

BasicReadout3

QualityReadout1

QualityReadout2

QualityReadout3

BlockReadout1

AI: Basic Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 42

2 AI function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AI: Basic Readout 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AI function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AI: Basic Readout 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AI function block's analog value.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 43

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AI: Quality Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AI function block's analog value.

3 F button. Displays when the analog value is forced by the user.

4 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

5 B Button. Displays when the data is bad.

6 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example: AI
Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AI: Quality Readout 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AI function block's analog value.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 44

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 F button. Displays when the analog value is forced by the user.

5 B Button. Displays when the data is bad.

6 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example: AI
Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AI: Quality Readout 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AI function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 F button. Displays when the analog value is forced by the user.

5 B Button. Displays when the data is bad.

6 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example: AI
Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AI: Block Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 45

1 Object Label.

2 AI function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 Quality displays one of the following based on the analog input's status: Good or Bad.

5 S button.

6 F button. Displays when the analog value is forced by the user.

7 The function block name, AI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

8 Point View. Displays the AI points in the Point View window.

9 Point Control Panel. Displays the AI points in the Point Control Panel.

10 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

11 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. AI: Faceplate

4. AI: Faceplate

Click a tab button to display and review features for each AI faceplate frame.

circle 62, 32, 17 AI Faceplate: Main Frame (page 45)


circle 156, 33, 18 AI Faceplate: Details Frame (page 46)
circle 243, 32, 18 AI Faceplate: Trend Frame (page 46)

AI Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Process Variable (PV) high value in Engineering Units. Question marks display if invalid or no scaling is
configured. To determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

2 PV Fill Level: Animated fill level. Displays the PV engineering value in relation to its range. Will not display if
invalid or no scaling is configured.

3 Process Variable (PV) low value in Engineering Units. Question marks display if invalid or no scaling is
configured. To determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

4 Process Variable (PV) value in Engineering Units. The displayed value is the current PV value. RAW is
converted into PV based on the configured scaling. If no scaling is configured then PV is set equal to RAW.

5 Engineering Units. Examples of engineering units are PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 46

6 Overrides the PV value with a user specified value. Active means the PV value is currently forced. Inactive
means the PV value is based on RAW and the configured scaling. Forcing can be set to Active or Inactive on
the Details frame.

7 Quality: Indicates the health of the analog input. Bad means the Analog input may be out of range or has a
diagnostic fault. Good means that the Analog input is healthy. Out of range means that PV either exceeds PV
Max or is less than PV Min. Quality checking can be enabled/disabled on the Details frame.

8 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

AI Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Click the Forcing check box to enable or disable forcing. Filtering is applied to the forced value if the Filter Time
is appreciably larger than the block’s execution period.

2 The Forced Value replaces the calculated PV value. Data entry is enabled only when forcing is enabled. When
forcing is enabled, the forced value will be automatically set to the last PV value before forcing. The Forced
Value is user-defined except on the first transition. Quality checking and filtering are performed on a Forced
Value. If the quality of the forced process variable PV fails, the override quality value has no effect.

3 Raw low and raw high data types and values. Data types (read-only) include: UINT, INT, DINT, and REAL.The
Value is read-write. In order to have scaling, the Raw High must be greater than the Raw Low.

4 PV low and PV high values and associated engineering units. In order to have scaling the PV High value must
be greater than the PV Low value. Without scaling the Main frame will have no animated fill and the High and
Low will be displayed as question marks.

5 Checks the analog input health. Display Options: Enabled or Disabled.

6 Raw analog input. If invalid or no scaling is configured, the RAW value is passed to the PV value.

7 The value RAW, scaled into engineering units. None means Invalid or no scaling configured. Linear means the
PV is directly proportional to RAW. Sqrt ext (Square root extraction) means that the PV is proportional to the
extracted square root of RAW.

8 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

AI Faceplate: Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Y-Axis. Displays engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

2 Trend line of the AI analog value.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 47

3 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

4 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

5 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

6 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

7 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.

8 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.

9 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

10 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.

12 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

13 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

14 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

ALARM_A: Object Configuration and Use


ALARM_A: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 ALARM_A: Ethernet global data
(page
48)

2 ALARM_A: Object properties.


(page
49)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 48

3 ALARM_A: Alarm properties.


(page
51)

4 ALARM_A: Mimic objects.


(page
51)

5 ALARM_A: Faceplate.
(page
55)

1. ALARM_A: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS ALARM_A block is as follows.

Global Data Data Type Description


AS [0] DWORD Alarm State Information

AS [1] DWORD Alarm State Information

Timestamp The number of seconds since 1-1-1970

RS [0] DWORD Rate of Change Alarm State Information

RS [1] DWORD Rate of Change Alarm State

Timestamp The number of seconds since 1-1-1970

FC UINT Faceplate Command

1 Acknowledge Absolute Alarm

2 Acknowledge Rate of Change Alarm

9 Suppress Alarm State LL

10 Suppress Alarm State L

11 Suppress Alarm State H

12 Suppress Alarm State HH

13 Suppress Alarm State -ROC

14 Suppress Alarm State +ROC

22 Deactivate Alarm Suppression on State LL

23 Deactivate Alarm Suppression on State L

24 Deactivate Alarm Suppression on State H

25 Deactivate Alarm Suppression on State HH


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 49

Global Data Data Type Description


26 Deactivate Alarm Suppression on State -ROC

27 Deactivate Alarm Suppression on State +ROC

ST WORD HMI Status Word

PI REAL Current Value of Process Variable

LS [0] REAL LL Setpoint

LS [1] REAL L Setpoint

LS [2] REAL H Setpoint

LS [3] REAL HH Setpoint

LS [4] REAL ROC Setpoint

2. ALARM_A: Object Properties

• ALARM_A General
• ALARM_A HMI Properties tab
• ALARM_A Severity tab
• ALARM_A Static tab
• ALARM_A Alarm Routing tab

ALARM_A General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
ALARM_A object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

ALARM_A HMI Properties Tab


ALARM_A fields on the HMI Properties tab for an Analog Alarm (ALARM_A) object are read-
only, except for the Alarm Class.

The field descriptions are as follows.

Field Description Data Restrictions


Type

Alarm Area Physical or conceptual area that the alarm belongs to within the plant. Note: String
Alarm area is used for filtering alarms.

Engineering Engineering Units used by ALARM_A. String 8


Units Characters
or less
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 50

Label Object identification. String

Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

Resource (Read-only) CIMPLICITY resource ID. String

Alarm CIMPLICITY alarm class. String


Class

Abs. Alarm (Read-only) Absolute alarm message that will display in the Alarm Viewer. Note: String
Message %STATE and/or %VAL can be used in the alarm message.

ROC Alarm (Read-only) Rate of change alarm message that will display in the Alarm Viewer. String
Message Note: Only %STATE can be used in the alarm message.

ALARM_A Severity Tab


Fields on the Severity tab:

• Define the alarm levels.


• Are read-only.

Field Description Data Type

Severity LL Alarm low. INT

Severity L Warning low. INT

Severity H Warning high. INT

Severity HH Alarm high. INT

Severity ROC+ Rate of change increasing alarm state severity. INT

Severity ROC - Rate of change decreasing alarm state severity. INT

ALARM_A Static Tab


The Static tab defines the suffixes on the alarm tag.

Field Description

ABS_ALARM_SUFFIX Absolute alarm suffix. Note: Absolute alarms have an <object_name>.AA alarm ID.

ROC_ALARM_SUFFIX Rate of change alarm suffix. Note: Rate of change alarms have an <object_name>.RA alarm
ID.

ALARM_A Alarm Routing


The Alarm Routing tab defines what roles the alarms will be routed to.

By default, the alarms are routed to all roles.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 51

List Box Description

Available roles Roles that will not have alarms routed to them, but are available to be selected.

Configured roles for alarms Roles that will have alarms routed to them.

3. Alarm_A: Alarm Properties

Three alarm properties can be set for a Process Systems ALARM_A point alarm.

• (Alarm Viewer) Help file.


• Printer repeat
• Maximum stacked

1. Select a Process Systems ALARM_A point alarm (page 17) in the Workbench right pane.

Note: An existing Process Systems alarm can also be modified through its Point Properties
dialog box; however, an alarm cannot be created for a point that does not have one.

2. Open the Process Systems alarm's Alarm Definition dialog box.

3. Select the Alarm tab.

The Help file field is available to enter a name of a customized Alarm Viewer help (page
190) file.

Select the Alarm Options tab.

Values for the following features can be edited..

A Maximum stacked.

B Printer repeat.

4. ALARM_A: Mimic Objects

4. ALARM_A: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
4.1 ALARM_A: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
52)

4.2 ALARM_A: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
53)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 52

4.1. ALARM_A: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an ALARM_A mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
52)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
52)

1. Place an ALARM_A mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an ALARM_A object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The ALARM_A default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. ALARM_A, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the ALARM_A mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the ALARM_A mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available ALARM_A:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 53

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

4.2. ALARM_A: Mimic Object Runtime Data

4.2. ALARM_A: Mimic Objects Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS ALARM_A block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the ALARM_A faceplate through any object. However, the exact
data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 119, 101, 218, 193 ALARM_A: ROC Transient (page 54)
rect 8, 100, 107, 192 ALARM_A: ROC Visible (page 55)
rect 2, 1, 101, 93 ALARM_A: Absolute Visible (page 54)
rect 116, 2, 215, 94 ALARM_A: Absolute Transient (page 53)
Absolute Transient

Absolute Visible

ROCTransient

ROCVisible

ALARM_A: Absolute Transient

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Transient Alarm Label. The label is invisible if the alarm is suppressed.

2 Alarm Border. The border is animated for alarms. Default colors are as follows: Alarm=False,
Acknowledged=False, Border=Static Yellow Alarm=False, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Black
Alarm=True, Acknowledged=False, Border=Blinking Red Alarm=True, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Red

3 Transient Alarm. The alarm is invisible if the alarm is suppressed.

4 The function block name, ALARM_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 54

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ALARM_A: Absolute Visible

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Alarm Border. The border is animated for alarms. Default colors are as follows: Alarm=False,
Acknowledged=False, Border=Static Yellow Alarm=False, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Black
Alarm=True, Acknowledged=False, Border=Blinking Red Alarm=True, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Red

3 Alarm Absolute Visible. X displays if any alarm state is suppressed.

4 The function block name, ALARM_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ALARM_A: ROC Transient

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Transient Alarm Label. The label is invisible if the alarm is suppressed.

2 Alarm Border. The border is animated for alarms. Default colors are as follows: Alarm=False,
Acknowledged=False, Border=Static Yellow Alarm=False, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Black
Alarm=True, Acknowledged=False, Border=Blinking Red Alarm=True, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Red

3 Transient Alarm. The alarm is invisible if the alarm is suppressed.

4 ROC Identifier. ROC displays for an alarm that is ROC Transient or Visible

5 The function block name, ALARM_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 55

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ALARM_A: ROC Visible

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object label.

2 Alarm Border. The border is animated for alarms. Default colors are as follows: Alarm=False,
Acknowledged=False, Border=Static Yellow Alarm=False, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Black
Alarm=True, Acknowledged=False, Border=Blinking Red Alarm=True, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Red

3 Alarm Absolute Visible. X displays if any alarm state is suppressed.

4 ROC Identifier. ROC displays for an alarm that is ROC Transient or Visible

5 The function block name, ALARM_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the ALARM_A points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

5. ALARM_A: Faceplate

5. ALARM_A: Faceplate

The ALARM_A faceplate enables operators to interface with alarms, by providing a means to adjust
limits, acknowledge alarms, and suppress nuisance alarms in one graphical object.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each ALARM_A faceplate frame.

circle 60, 31, 15 ALARM_A Faceplate: Main Frame (page 55)


circle 149, 31, 15 ALARM_A Faceplate: Details Frame (page 56)

ALARM_A Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 56

Important: The ACK ABS and ACK ROC buttons in this Main frame are enabled when a user
Is associated with both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 100. If, after you log
in, the buttons should be enabled and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Abs. State. Reports if the absolute alarm state is one of the five states, or unknown. The text display of ???
=Unknown alarm state, Normal=Normal alarm state, LowLow=Low alarm state, Low=Warning Low alarm state,
High=Warning High alarm state, and HighHigh=High alarm state. HighHigh has priority over High. LowLow has
priority over Low. A state will be unknown if there is a loss of communication with the controller or an invalid
configuration.

2 Abs Ack button. Click to acknowledge an absolute alarm. The Indication Light is Black, Blinking Black/Yellow,
or Green. If the alarm state HighHigh has been acknowledged and then PV transitions from the HighHigh state
to the High state, then the High state alarm will not require re-acknowledgement. The same is true for when
a LowLow alarm is acknowledged and PV transitions from the LowLow state to the Low state. If the severity
level associated with the alarm state is configured to automatically acknowledge the alarm, then operator
acknowledgement is not required for those alarm states. For example, if the High alarm state has a Severity
of 600 and this severity level is configured to self-acknowledge, when the High alarm state becomes active, the
alarm will automatically be acknowledged.

3 ROC (Rate of Change) State. Reports if the ROC state is one of the three states, or unknown Text Displays:
???, Normal, ROC+, or ROC-. A state will be unknown if there is a loss of communication with the controller or
an invalid configuration.

4 ROC Ack button. Click to acknowledge a ROC alarm. If the Indication Light is Black, no active alarms exist. If it
is Blinking Black/Yellow, an alarm state is active and unacknowledged, if it is Green, an alarm is active and has
been acknowledged.

5 PV (Process Variable). The value of the process variable in engineering units.

6 PV measurement unit. The PV engineering unit is assigned in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be entered with 8 characters or less.

7 Suppression. Reports if the alarms for an alarm state are suppressed. A suppressed alarm will not generate
an alarm to the alarm viewer or faceplate. If the state is suppressed the State Label displays in its Suppression
box. States include: HH=High, H=Warning High, L=Warning Low, LL=Low, ROC+=ROC increasing, ROC-
=ROC decreasing. Alarm states can be enabled or suppressed on the Details frame. Alarms should not be
suppressed if they are indicating actual process conditions that are abnormal. Use alarm suppression with
caution.

8 Inhibition. Reports if the Inhibit input to the ALARM_A block is active or inactive. When active, no alarms will
be generated. When inactive all alarm states that are not suppressed will generate an alarm if their associated
state is achieved by PV. For example, if a pump that generates a flow and that flow is used as the PV to an
ALARM_A block, then the Low and LowLow flow alarms should be inhibited by logic when the pump is off.
Alarm inhibiting can only be driven by logic in the controller; inhibiting cannot be enabled/disabled from the
faceplate.

9 CIMPLICITY Alarm Class.

10 CIMPLICITY Resource.

11 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

ALARM_A Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 57

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator

Area Description

1 Severity. (Read-only) Displays the severity for each alarm state. The severity is one of the following numbers:
200, 400, 600, 800, 900, or 1000. Severities 200-900 can be configured to be self-acknowledging. Severity 1000
requires acknowledgement.

2 Suppress. Check or clear an alarm state's check box to suppress or enable its alarm. When selected, the
alarm is suppressed. When cleared, the alarm will occur when the alarm state is true. States include: HH=High,
H=Warning High, L=Warning Low, LL=Low, ROC+=ROC increasing, ROC-=ROC decreasing.

3 Limits. Alarm limit entries specify the point value or rate of change that will trigger an alarm for each alarm state.

4 States. Each alarm state is reported as On or Off if PV has achieved that state. When the state is On, the alarm
is active; PV has achieved or surpassed the threshold to be in that state. An active state is reported as On
even if the alarm is suppressed. State outputs are slightly different from alarm states because alarm states are
mutually exclusive; state outputs are not. For example, if the HighHigh state is active, then both the High and
HighHigh state outputs are On.

5 Process Variable (PV) value. (Read-only)

6 Input (INH). Inhibit Input State is On or Off. When INH is set to On, the ALARM_A block does not generate any
alarms. When set to Off, the ALARM_A can have a single alarm state, active for either the rate of change (ROC)
alarm or absolute (ABS) alarm. The highest priority alarm state is the active state. Alarm inhibiting can only be
driven by logic in the controller; inhibiting cannot be enabled/disabled from the faceplate.

7 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

ALARM_D: Object Configuration and Use


ALARM_D: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 ALARM_D: Ethernet global data
(page
58)

2 ALARM_D: Object properties.


(page
58)

3 ALARM_D: Alarm properties


(page
59)

4 ALARM_D: Mimic objects.


(page
60)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 58

5 ALARM_D: Faceplate.
(page
63)

1. ALARM_D: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS ALARM_D block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

AS [0] DWORD Alarm State Information

AS [1] DWORD Alarm State Information

Timestamp The number of seconds since 1-1-1970

FC UINT Faceplate Command

FC = 1 Set Acknowledgement

FC = 2 Activate Alarm Suppression

FC = 3 De-activate Alarm Suppression

FC = 4 Alarm Setting = Alarm on 0

FC = 5 Alarm Setting = Alarm on 1

FC = 6 Alarm Setting = Alarm on Change

ST WORD HMI Status Word

2. ALARM_D: Object Properties

• ALARM_D General
• ALARM_D HMI Properties tab
• ALARM_D Severity tab
• ALARM_D Alarm Routing tab

ALARM_D General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
ALARM_D object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 59

ALARM_D HMI Properties Tab


ALARM_D fields on the HMI Properties tab for a Discrete Alarm (ALARM_D) object are read-
only, except for the Alarm Class.

The field descriptions are as follows.

Field Description Data


Type

Alarm Area Physical or conceptual area that the alarm belongs to within the plant. Note: Alarm area is String
used for filtering alarms.

Label Object identification. String

Resource (Read-only) CIMPLICITY resource ID. String

Alarm (Read-only) Alarm message that will display in the Alarm Viewer. Note: %STATE can be used String
Message in the alarm message.

Alarm Class CIMPLICITY alarm class. String

ALARM_D Severity Tab


The field on the Severity tab is read-only from the EGD Server.

Field Description Data Type

Severity Identifies the alarm's severity level. INT

Note: The higher the severity is, the more important the alarm is.

ALARM_D Alarm Routing


The Alarm Routing tab defines what roles the alarms will be routed to.

By default, the alarms are routed to all roles.

List Box Description

Available roles Roles that will not have alarms routed to them, but are available to be selected.

Configured roles for alarms Roles that will have alarms routed to them.

3. ALARM_D: Alarm Properties

Three alarm properties can be set for a Process Systems ALARM_D point alarm.

• (Alarm Viewer) Help file.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 60

• Printer repeat
• Maximum stacked

1. Select a Process Systems ALARM_D point alarm (page 17) in the Workbench right pane.

Note: An existing Process Systems alarm can also be modified through its Point Properties
dialog box; however, an alarm cannot be created for a point that does not have one.

2. Open the Process Systems alarm's Alarm Definition dialog box.

3. Select the Alarm tab.

The Help file field is available to enter a name of a customized Alarm Viewer help (page
190) file.

4. Select the Alarm Options tab.

Values for the following features can be edited..

A Maximum stacked.

B Printer repeat.

4. ALARM_D: Mimic Objects

4. ALARM_D: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
4.1 ALARM_D: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
60)

4.2 ALARM_D: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
62)

4.1. ALARM_D: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an ALARM_D mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
61)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
61)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 61

1. Place an ALARM_D mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an ALARM_D object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The ALARM_D default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. ALARM_D, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the ALARM_D mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the ALARM_D mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available ALARM_D:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 62

4.2. ALARM_D: Mimic Object Runtime Data

4.2. ALARM_D: Mimic Objects Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS ALARM_D block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the ALARM_D faceplate through any object. However, the exact
data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 4, 3, 99, 98 ALARM_D: Absolute Visible (page 62)


rect 114, 1, 225, 96 ALARM_D: Absolute Transient (page 62)
AbsoluteTransient

AbsoluteVisible

ALARM_D: Absolute Transient

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Transient Alarm Label. The label is invisible if the alarm is suppressed.

2 Alarm Border. The border is animated for alarms. Default colors are as follows: Alarm=False,
Acknowledged=False, Border=Static Yellow Alarm=False, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Black
Alarm=True, Acknowledged=False, Border=Blinking Red Alarm=True, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Red

3 Transient Alarm. The alarm is invisible if the alarm is suppressed.

4 The function block name, ALARM_D. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the ALARM_D points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the ALARM_D points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

ALARM_D: Absolute Visible

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 63

2 Alarm Border. The border is animated for alarms. Default colors are as follows: Alarm=False,
Acknowledged=False, Border=Static Yellow Alarm=False, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Black
Alarm=True, Acknowledged=False, Border=Blinking Red Alarm=True, Acknowledged=True, Border=Static Red

3 Alarm Absolute Visible. X displays if any alarm state is suppressed.

4 The function block name, ALARM_D. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the ALARM_D points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the ALARM_D points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

5. ALARM_D: Faceplate

5. ALARM_D: Faceplate

The ALARM_D (alarms generated from Discrete variables) faceplate enables operators to be notified
of alarm conditions and to acknowledge alarms.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each ALARM_D faceplate frame.

circle 60, 30, 16 ALARM_D Faceplate: Main Frame (page 63)


circle 154, 32, 16 ALARM_D Faceplate: Details Frame (page 64)

ALARM_D Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: The ACK button in this Main frame is enabled when a user Is associated with both
the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 100. If, after you log in, the button should be
enabled and is not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 State. Reports if the point is in alarm state. When an alarm is "In Alarm and unacknowledged" the alarm
displays in red and blinks. When an alarm is "In Alarm and acknowledged" the alarm displauys in red. When an
alarm is an a "Normal" state, it displays in white.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 64

2 ACK Button. Click to acknowledge the alarm. If the text is White, the alarm is enabled. If the text is silver, it
is disabled. The Ack Button may be sisabled if the alarm state is normal and previous alarm, if existed, was
acknowledged, or if the alarm is active and has been acknowledged. It may also be disabled if the user’s
credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to acknowledge the alarm. To
determine why the Ack Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the alarm has been
acknowledged. View the Details frame. And, review required user credentials. If the Indicator light is Black, the
alarm state is normal; a previous alarm, if one existed, was acknowledged. If it is Green, an alarm is active and
acknowledged. If it is Black/Yellow blinking, an alarm has been activated and is unacknowledged. The alarm can
still be active or normal.

3 Suppression. Reports if Alarm suppression is active or inactive. Alarms should not be suppressed if they are
indicating actual process conditions that are abnormal. Use alarm suppression with caution.

4 Inhibition. Reports if the Inhibit input to the ALARM_D block is active or inactive. For example, if a pump that
generates a flow has a Low Flow switch that is fed to the ALARM_D block, it would be appropriate to inhibit the
alarm when the pump is off. When inhibition is Active, no alarms will be generated. When Inactive, all alarms
that are not suppressed will generate an alarm if there associated state is achieved by PV. Alarm inhibiting can
only be driven by logic in the controller and cannot be enabled/disabled from the faceplate.

5 Alarm Class. Alarm class selected in the ALARM_D Object dialog box.

6 CIMPLICITY Resource.

7 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

ALARM_D Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Select to Suppress the Alarm, or clear to enable the alarm.

2 Severity. (Read-only) Displays the severity for each alarm state. The severity is one of the following numbers:
200, 400, 600, 800, 900, or 1000. Severities 200-900 can be configured to be self-acknowledging. Severity 1000
requires acknowledgement.

3 Alarm Setting. The selected option determines what value will trigger the alarm. Selections to trigger the
alarm are: Alarm on 0 when PV Equals 0, an alarm is generated. Alarm on 1 when PV Equals 1, an alarm is
generated. Alarm on Change when PV changes value, an alarm is generated

4 Process Variable (PV) Input state. Options are: On or Off.

5 INH (Input). Inhibit Input State is On or Off. When INH is set to On, no alarm is generated. When set to Off,
alarms are generated based on the value of PV. Alarm inhibiting can only be driven by logic in the controller;
inhibiting cannot be enabled/disabled from the faceplate.

6 ALM. Alarm Output state. Options are: On or Off. When On, ALARM_D is in alarm state. When Off, ALARM_D
is in normal state.

7 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 65

AO: Object Configuration and Use


AO: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 AO: Ethernet global data
(page
65)

2 AO: Object properties.


(page
65)

3 AO: Mimic objects.


(page
66)

4 AO: Faceplate.
(page
71)

1. AO: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS AO block is as follows.


Global Data Data Item Name (CIMPLICITY) Data Type Description

SL [0] RL REAL PV Low (Engineering Units)

SL [1] RH REAL PV High (Engineering Units)

SL [2] EL REAL Raw for PV Low

SL [3] EH REAL Raw for PV High

FV FV REAL Forced Value

PI PI REAL Process Variable Indication

RI RI REAL Raw Value Indication

FP [0] ST UINT HMI Status Word

FP [1] FC UINT Faceplate Command

2. AO: Object Properties


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 66

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an AO class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• AO General.
• AO HMI Properties.

AO General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the AO
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

AO HMI Properties
Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Analog Output block are as follows.

Field Description Data Restrictions


Type

Label Object identification. String

Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters


or less

Engineering Analog Input Engineering Units. String 8 Characters


Units or less

Animation The Percentage of the Full Range of TP that Must be exceeded by TP to REAL Greater than
Criterion Indicate that the Valve/Damper is Open. zero.

3. AO: Mimic Objects

3. AO: Mimic Objects


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 67

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 AO: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
67)

3.2 AO: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
68)

3.1. AO: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an AO mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
67)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
67)

Place an AO mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.

2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

3. Select an AO object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The AO default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function
block name, e.g. AO, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

(Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

4. Right-click the AO mimic object.

5. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

6. Right-click the AO mimic object.

7. Select Properties on the Popup menu.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 68

8. Select the Class Object tab.

9. Enter the Object ID. Select from a list of available ADV_PID function block objects.

10. Enter the Graphic Name. Select from a list of available ADV_PID mimic objects.

11. Click OK. The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either
method.

12. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. AO: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. AO: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS advanced PID block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the AO faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

AO: Indicator 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated On/Off Color. If the condition is Open/On, the Open/On color is set to Green by default. If the
condition is Closed/Off, the color is set to Red by default.

3 Displays Forced, if Forcing is active.

4 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AO Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AO: Indicator 2
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 69

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated On/Off Color. If the condition is Open/On, the Open/On color is set to Green by default. If the
condition is Closed/Off, the color is set to Red by default.

3 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AO Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AO: Indicator 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: This object is designed to be "plugged" into another object; the other object will have a tag
name.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated On/Off Color. If the condition is Open/On, the Open/On color is set to Green by default. If the
condition is Closed/Off, the color is set to Red by default.

3 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AO Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AO: Indicator 4
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 70

Note: This object is designed to be "plugged" into another object; the other object will have a tag
name.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated On/Off Color. If the condition is Open/On, the Open/On color is set to Green by default. If the
condition is Closed/Off, the color is set to Red by default.

3 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: AO Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AO: Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AO function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 Displays F when forcing is active.

5 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example: AO
Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AO: Readout 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 71

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AO function block's analog value.

3 Displays F when forcing is active.

4 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

5 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example: AO
Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

AO: Readout 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 AO function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 Displays F when forcing is active.

5 The function block name, AO. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the AO points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the AO points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example: AO
Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. AO: Faceplate

4. AO: Faceplate
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 72

The analog output faceplate provides the operator with an interface to monitor, configure scaling, and
view the forced state of an analog output point.

Click a tab to display and review features for each AO faceplate frame.

circle 65, 32, 18 AO Faceplate: Main Frame (page 72)


circle 159, 33, 18 AO Faceplate: Details Frame (page 72)
circle 240, 32, 18 AO Faceplate: Trend Frame (page 73)

AO Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Process Variable (PV) high value in Engineering Units. Question marks display if invalid or no scaling is
configured. To determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

2 PV Fill Level: Animated fill level. Displays the PV engineering value in relation to its range. Will not display if
invalid or no scaling is configured.

3 Process Variable (PV) low value in Engineering Units. Question marks display if invalid or no scaling is
configured. To determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

4 Process Variable (PV) value in Engineering Units. The displayed value is the current PV value. PV is converted
into RAW based on the configured scaling. If no scaling is configured then RAW is set equal to PV.

5 Engineering Units. Examples of engineering units are PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet.

6 Overrides the RAW value with a user specified value. Display options include: Active or Inactive. With Active,
the RAW value is currently forced. With Inactive, the Forcing is inactive so the RAW value is based on PV and
the configured scaling. Forcing can be set to Active or Inactive on the Details frame.

7 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

AO Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: Data entry fields and button execution are enabled when a user Is associated with both the
object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. Consult your system administrator if you
should have data entry privileges and don't.

Area Description

1 Click the Forcing check box to enable or disable forcing. Filtering is applied to the forced value if the Filter Time
is appreciably larger than the block’s execution period.

2 The Forced Value replaces the calculated RAW value. Data entry is enabled only when forcing is enabled.
When forcing is enabled, the forced value will be automatically set to the last raw value before forcing. The
Forced Value is user-defined except on the first transition.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 73

3 PV low and PV high values and associated engineering units. In order to have scaling the PV High value must
be greater than the PV Low value. Without scaling the Main frame will have no animated fill and the High and
Low will be displayed as question marks.

4 Raw low and raw high data types and values. Data types (read-only) include: UINT, INT, DINT, and REAL.The
Value is read-write. In order to have scaling the Raw High and Raw Low must be set to different values. To
support inverted actuators the Raw High can be lower than the Raw Low.

5 Raw analog output. If invalid or no scaling is configured, the PV value is passed to the RAW value.

6 The method used to convert PV into the raw value. Display Options: Direct or Inverted. With Direct, the Raw
High is greater than Raw Low; Raw is directly proportional to PV. With Inverted, the Raw High is less than Raw
Low; Raw is inversely proportional to PV.

7 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

AO Faceplate: Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Y-Axis. Displays engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

2 Trend line of the AO analog value.

3 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

4 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

5 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

6 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

7 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.

8 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.

9 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

10 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 74

12 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

13 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

14 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

CTRL_STAT: Object Configuration and Use


CTRL_STAT: Object Configuration and Use

The CTRL_STAT function block collects Controller status values and sets them to word values.
1 CTRL_STAT: Object properties.
(page
74)

2 CTRL_STAT: Mimic objects.


(page
75)

3 CTRL_STAT: Faceplate.
(page
76)

1. CTRL_STAT: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an CTRL_STAT class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• CTRL_STAT General.
• CTRL_STAT HMI Properties.

CTRL_STAT General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
CTRL_STAT object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

CTRL_STAT HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

The HMI properties for the CTRL_STAT function block are read-only.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 75

Field Description Data


Type

Label Object Identification. String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String

Primary IP Primary controller IP address String

Secondary Secondary controller IP address. Note: An IP address for a secondary controller displays if the String
IP system has a redundant configuration.

2. CTRL_STAT: Mimic Objects

2. CTRL_STAT: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
2.1 CTRL_STAT: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
75)

2.2 CTRL_STAT: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
75)

2.1. CTRL_STAT: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

Place the CTRL_STAT mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.

2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

3. Select the CTRL_STAT object in the Select an Object browser.

The CTRL_STAT mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. CTRL_STAT, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

2.2. CTRL_STAT: Mimic Object Runtime Data

2.2. CTRL_STAT: Mimic Object Runtime Data

There is one mimic (page 76) object available for the PPS CTRL_STAT block.

Note: A runtime user can open the CTRL_STAT faceplate through its mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 76

CTRL_STAT: CTRL_STAT

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 The color that displays is based on whether or not a fault is detected in the application. By default: Green
displays if no fault is detected. Red displays if a fault is detected.

3 The color that displays is based on whether or not a fault is detected in the hardware. By default: Green
displays if no fault is detected. Red displays if a fault is detected.

4 The color that displays is based on whether or not a fault is detected in the software. By default: Green displays
if no fault is detected. Red displays if a fault is detected.

5 The function block name, CTRL_STAT. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the CTRL_STAT points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the CTRL_STAT points in the Point Control Panel.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

3. CTRL_STAT: Faceplate

3. CTRL_STAT: Faceplate

The controller status faceplate provides the interface to monitor the controller fault tables and report
any faults found with the software or hardware on both simplex and redundant systems.

Click a tab to display and review features for each CTRL_STAT faceplate frame.

circle 65, 38, 16 CTRL_STAT Faceplate: Main Frame (page 76)


circle 158, 38, 16 CTRL_STAT Faceplate: Details Frame (page 77)
circle 261, 38, 16 CTRL_STAT Faceplate: Redundancy Frame (page 79)

CTRL_STAT Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: Faults on this Main frame are top level faults. If a fault displays on this frame, check the
Details frame, which will most likely also display faults.

Faults on the Details frame provide more specific information.


Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 77

1 Reports the application status in the controller. When Red, an application fault has occurred. When Green, the
Controller Fault table has no entries (No Fault). Notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the
system variable (#APL_FLT), and the active controller in a redundant system.

2 Reports the hardware fault status in the controller. When Red, a hardware fault has occurred. When Green, the
Hardware Fault tables have no entries (No Fault). Notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors
the system variable (#HRD_FLT), and the active controller in a redundant system.

3 Reports the CPU hardware status in the controller. When Red, diagnostics have detected a problem with the
CPU hardware (Fault). When Green, no problems are detected in the CPU hardware (No Fault). Notify a system
administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the system variable (#HRD_CPU), and the active controller in a
redundant system.

4 Reports the software status in the controller. When Red, a software fault has occurred. When Green, the
software Fault tables have no entries (No Fault). Notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the
system variable (#SFT_FLT), and the active controller in a redundant system.

5 Reports the CPU software status in the controller. When Red, there is an unrecoverable error in the CPU
operating system software (Fault). When Green, the CPU software is operating successfully (No Fault). Notify a
system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the system variable (#SFT_CPU), and the active controller in
a redundant system.

6 Reports the software I/O controller failure status. When Red, there is a software failure in the I/O Controller
(Fault). When Green, the I/O Controller software is operating successfully (No Fault). Notify a system
administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the system variable (#SFT_IOC), and the active controller in a
redundant system.

7 Reports the software status in the controller. When Red, an unrecoverable software error is detected in an
option module (Fault). When Green, the Option module software is operating successfully (No Fault). Notify a
system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the system variable (#SFT_SIO), and the active controller in
a redundant system.

8 Reports the fault status in the controller. When Red, there is at least one entry in the Controller Fault table
(Fault). When Green, the Controller Fault table has no entries (No Fault). Notify a system administrator if a fault
is detected. Monitors the system variable (#SY_PRES), and the active controller in a redundant system.

9 Reports if there is a memory error in the controller. When Active and Green, there is at least one entry in
the Controller Fault table. When Not Active and White, no memory ECC error has been detected. Notify a
system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the system variable (#LOC_MEM_ERROR), and the active
controller in a redundant system.

10 IP address or name of the primary controller in a redundant system or the only controller in a Simplex system.

11 IP address or name of the secondary controller in a redundant system.

12 Current date and time in the active controller.

13 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

CTRL_STAT Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: Faults on this Details frame point to specific information. If a fault displays on this frame,
check the Main frame for higher level information.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 78

1 Password Access Violation. Reports on the validity of password entries in the controller. If Red, a password
violation occurred (in fault). If Green, valid passwords have been entered and the controller fault table is
cleared (no fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the System variable
(#BAD_PWD) and the Active controller in a redundant system.

2 Reports the RAM status in the controller. When Red, the CPU has detected a corrupted RAM at startup (Fault).
When Green, RAM memory was valid at power-up (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault
is detected. Monitors the System variable (#BAD_RAM), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

3 Reports whether or not there is configuration data in the controller. When Red, an attempt was made to put the
controller in Run mode when there was no configuration data present (Fault). When Green, the controller is
in Run mode and configuration data is present (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is
detected. Monitors the System variable (#NUL_CFG), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

4 Reports the configuration match/mismatch status in the controller. When Red, a configuration mismatch
was detected during system power-up or configuration download (Fault). When Green, no mismatches were
detected at system power-up or configuration download (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a
fault is detected. Monitors the System variable (#CFG_MM), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

5 Reports whether or not there is an error during a download to the controller. as follows. When Red, an error
has occurred during a download to the controller (Fault). When Green, downloads to the controller have been
completed successfully (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the
System variable (#STOR_ER), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

6 Reports the checksum calculation status in the controller. When Red, a checksum calculated on the application
program did not match the reference checksum (Fault). When Green, checksum calculated on the application
program matches the reference checksum (No Fault). Important: If the fault was due to a hard RAM failure,
the CPU must be replaced. Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the System
variable (#PB_SUM), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

7 Reports the CPU temperature status in the controller. When Red, the CPU has exceeded normal operating
temperature (Fault). When Green, the Controller Fault table is cleared, the Controller was reset or the
Temperature value was overwritten (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected.
Monitors the System variable (#OVR_TMP), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

8 Reports the battery charge level and performance status in the controller. When Red, there is a low battery
condition or the battery is bad (Fault). When Green, the controller can power up with adequate battery power
and the battery status is acceptable (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected.
Monitors the System variable (#LOW_BAT and #PLC_BAT), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

9 Reports forced values status in the controller. When Red, a forced value exists in the following memory areas
(%I, %Q, %M, or %G memory), in symbolic discrete memory (PACSystems firmware version 1.50 or later), or in
I/O discrete memory. When Green, there are no forced values. Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault
is detected. Monitors the System variable (#OVR_PRE), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

10 Reports the battery charge level and performance status in the controller. When Red, the CPU detected that the
previous scan took longer than the specified time or there is not enough time to start the Programmer Window
in Constant Sweep mode (Fault). When Green, the Scan time is as specified and the Controller has detected
that the previous sweep (scan) had enough time to perform the window. (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system
administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the System variable (#OV_SWP and #WIND_ER), and the Active
controller in a redundant system.

11 Reports the CPU communication status in the controller. When Red, the Expansion rack has stopped
communicating with the controller CPU, the I/O module has stopped communicating with the controller
CPU, or the Option module has stopped communicating with the CPU. When Green, the expansion rack is
communicating successfully with the CPU, the I/O modules are communicating successfully with the CPU, and
all option modules are communicating successfully with the CPU. Be sure to notify a system administrator if
a fault is detected. Monitors the System variable (#LOS_RCK, #LOS_IOM, and #LOS_SIO), and the Active
controller in a redundant system.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 79

12 Reports the bus status in the controller. When Red, a bus error has occurred on the VME bus backplane or the
controller has failed to gain access to the bus (Fault). When Green, Power is cycling to the main rack (No Fault).
Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the System variable (#SBUS_ER and
#SBUS_FL), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

13 Reports the I/O status in the controller. When Red, there is at least one entry in the I/O fault table (Fault). When
Green, the I/O fault table has no entries (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected.
Monitors the System variable (#IO_PRES), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

14 Reports the Bus status in the controller. When Red, the Bus Controller reports faults in the Bus, Global memory,
or the IOC hardware. When Green, Bus Controller does not detect errors in the Bus, Global memory, or the IOC
hardware (No Fault). Be sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the System variable
(#IOC_FLT), and the Active controller in a redundant system.

15 Reports the I/O Reports Circuit or Module fault status in the controller. When Red, an I/O module has reported a
circuit or module fault (Fault). When Green, I/O modules have no detected circuit or module faults (No Fault). Be
sure to notify a system administrator if a fault is detected. Monitors the System variable (#IOM_FLT), and the
Active controller in a redundant system.

16 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

CTRL_STAT Faceplate: Redundancy Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Reports the active/inactive status of the local controller in a redundant system. When Active, the default color is
Green and the local controller is currently the active unit in the redundant system. When Not Active, the default
color is White and the local controller is currently the inactive unit in the redundant system. Monitors the System
variable (#LOC_ACT), and the local controller in a redundant system.

2 Reports the single-bit memory Advanced Memory Error Checking and Correction (ECC) error status in the local
controller. When Active, the default color is Green and a single-bit memory ECC error has been encountered
and corrected. When Not Active, the default color is White and no ECC errors have been encountered. Notify a
system administrator if an error is detected. Monitors the System variable (#LOC_MEM_ERROR), and the local
controller in a redundant system.

3 Reports the local controller active/inactive status. When Active, the local controller is on standby, ready to
become the active unit. When Not Active, the local controller is already the active unit or not ready to become
the active unit. Monitors the System variable (#LOC_RDY), and the local controller in a redundant system.

4 Reports the redundancy system logic program comparison status. When Active, the logic program for both
controllers in the redundancy system is the same. When Not Active, the logic program for both controllers in the
redundancy system is not the same. Notify a system administrator if there if there is a problem detected during
the logic program comparison. Monitors the System variable (#LOGICEQ), and both controllers in a redundant
system.

5 Reports if the controller being monitored is configured to be the primary unit in the redundant system. When
Active, the monitored controller is configured to be the primary unit. When Not Active, the monitored controller
is not configured to be the primary unit. If Configured as Primary Unit is active, then Configured as Secondary
Unit must be Inactive. Monitors the System variable (#PRI_UNT), and the local controller in a redundant
system.

6 Reports if a redundancy error message has been logged and is pending. When Active, a redundancy
information message has been logged. When Not Active, there are no active redundancy error messages. Notify
a system administrator if an error message has been logged. Monitors the System variable (#RDN_MSG), and
the active controller in a redundant system.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 80

7 Reports if the remote server is the active server. When Active, the remote controller is the active unit. When Not
Active, the remote controller is not the active unit. Monitors the System variable (#REM_ACT), and the remote
controller in a redundant system.

8 Reports the remote controller active/inactive status. When Active, the remote controller is on standby, ready
to become the active unit. When Not Active, the remote controller is already active or not ready to become the
active unit. Monitors the System variable (#REM_RDY), and the remote controller in a redundant system.

9 Reports if the controller being monitored is configured to be the secondary unit in the redundant system. When
Active, the local controller is configured to be the secondary unit. When Not Active, the local controller is not
configured to be the secondary unit. Monitors the System variable (#SEC_UNT), and the local controller in a
redundant system.

10 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

DC2S: Object Configuration and Use


DC2S: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 DC2S: Ethernet global data
(page
80)

2 DC2S: Object properties.


(page
81)

3 DC2S: Mimic objects.


(page
81)

4 DC2S: Faceplate.
(page
91)

1. DC2S: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS DC2S block is as follows.
Global Data Data Item Name Data Type Description

FP[0] ST DWORD HMI Status Word

FP[1] FC DWORD Faceplate Command


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 81

2. DC2S: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an DC2S class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• DC2S General.
• DC2S HMI Properties.

DC2S General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the DC2S
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

DC2S HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Device Control 2 State block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification. String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters or less.

State0 Command Text Text on Button used to Command the Device to State 0. String 12 Characters or less.

Default Stop

State1 Command Text Text on Button used to Command the Device to State 1. String 12 Characters or less.

Default Start

3. DC2S: Mimic Objects

3. DC2S: Mimic Objects


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 82

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 DC2S: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
82)

3.2 DC2S: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
83)

3.1. DC2S: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an DC2S mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
82)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
82)

1. Place an DC2S mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an DC2S object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The DC2S default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. DC2S, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the DC2S mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the DC2S mimic object.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 83

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available DC2S:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. DC2S: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. DC2S: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS DC2S block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the DC2S faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 337, 195, 408, 281 DC2S: Valve 4 (page 90)


rect 273, 205, 326, 295 DC2S: Valve 3 (page 89)
rect 341, 103, 402, 181 DC2S: Valve 2 (page 89)
rect 261, 104, 322, 203 DC2S: Valve 1 (page 88)
rect 11, 119, 72, 218 DC2S: Rotary Feeder (page 88)
rect 196, 1, 257, 118 DC2S: Vertical Pump (page 90)
rect 109, 5, 186, 109 DC2S: Horizontal Pump (page 85)
rect 401, 1, 462, 100 DC2S: Motor 3 (page 87)
rect 338, 2, 399, 67 DC2S: Motor 2 (page 87)
rect 275, 2, 336, 81 DC2S: Motor 1 (page 86)
rect 11, 3, 81, 102 DC2S: Blower (page 85)
rect 182, 120, 252, 263 DC2S: Agitator 2 (page 84)
rect 96, 120, 166, 263 DC2S: Agitator 1 (page 84)
Agitator 1

Agitator 2

Blower
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 84

Horizontal Pump

Motor 1

Motor 2

Motor 3

Valve 1

Valve 2

Valve 3

Valve 4

DC2S: Agitator 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Agitator Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the agitator mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the agitator has failed.

5 The agitator blades rotate based on State 1. When State 1 is Active, the Agitator Blades rotate clockwise. When
State 1 is Inactive, the Agitator Blades do not rotate.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Agitator 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 85

1 Agitator Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the agitator mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the agitator has failed.

5 The agitator blades rotate based on State 1. When State 1 is Active, the Agitator Blades rotate clockwise. When
State 1 is Inactive, the Agitator Blades do not rotate.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Blower

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Blower Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the blower mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the blower has failed.

5 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Horizontal Pump


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 86

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Pump Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the pump mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the pump has failed.

5 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Motor 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the motor has failed.

5 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 87

DC2S: Motor 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the motor has failed.

5 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Motor 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 The impeller motor windings rotate based on State 1. When State 1 is Active, the motor windings rotate
clockwise. When State 1 is Inactive, the motor windings do not rotate.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the motor has failed.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 88

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Rotary Feeder

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Rotary Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For State 2 and State 3, the default color is
grey.

2 The feeder rotates based on State 1. When State 1 is Active, the motor windings rotate clockwise. When State
1 is Inactive, the motor windings do not rotate.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the rotary feeder mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the rotary feeder has failed.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Valve 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Actuator Identity. Letters that identify the actuator are as follows: Motorized = M, Solenoid = S.

2 Valve Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the valve mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the valve has failed.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 89

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Valve 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the valve mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

2 Actuator Identity. Letters that identify the actuator are as follows: Motorized = M, Solenoid = S.

3 Valve Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

4 The Flt button displays when the valve has failed.

5 Object Label.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Valve 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Actuator Identity. Letters that identify the actuator are as follows: Motorized = M, Solenoid = S.

2 Valve Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the valve mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 90

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the valve has failed.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Valve 4

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the valve mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

2 Actuator Identity. Letters that identify the actuator are as follows: Motorized = M, Solenoid = S.

3 Valve Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the valve has failed.

6 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC2S: Vertical Pump

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 91

1 Pump Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is green. For State 1, it is red. For Transitioning to State 1 and Transitioning
to State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the pump mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the pump has failed.

5 The function block name, DC2S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the DC2S points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC2S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC2S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. DC2S: Faceplate

4. DC2S: Faceplate

A DC2S function block controls and monitors a two state device, e.g., a pump, motor, or solenoid
valve.

When the DC2S faceplate is in Manual mode an operator can control a two state device by issuing
commands to the device to transition to one of the states:

• State 0
• State 1

Click a tab button to display and review features for each DC2S faceplate frame.

circle 63, 28, 16 DC2S Faceplate: Main Frame (page 91)


circle 148, 31, 16 DC2S Faceplate: Details Frame (page 93)

DC2S Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 92

1 The State 0 button label describes the state, e.g. Stop, Close, Off. Click the button, when it is enabled, to
command the device to State 0. The State 0 button is enabled when its text is white, and disabled when its text
is silver. The State 0 Button may be disabled if transitioning to state 0 is active, either by logic or by operator
command. (Transition is timed; a fault occurs if the device takes more time to reach State 0 than the maximum
allowable time specified.) The State 0 Button also may be disabled if State 0 is active, Automatic mode is
active, Permissive for State 0 is off, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are
inadequate to issue the State 0 command. To Determine why the State 0 Button is Disabled, check the button's
indicator light to see if the device is in State 0, view the Details frame, or review required user credentials. If the
Indication Light is black, the device is not in State 0. If it is blinking black/green, the device is transitioning to
State 0. If it is green, the device is in State 0.

2 The State 1 button label describes the state, e.g. Start, Open, On. Click the button, when it is enabled, to
command the device to State 1. The State 1 button is enabled when its text is white, and disabled when its text
is silver. The State 1 Button may be disabled if transitioning to state 1 is active either by logic or by operator
command. (Transition is timed; a fault occurs if the device takes more time to reach State 1 than the maximum
allowable time specified.) The State 1 Button also may be disabled if State 1 is active, Automatic mode is active,
an interlock is active, Permissive for State 1 is off, the device is locked out, the device is faulted and Failure
Mode is configured to Force Device to State 0, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's
resource) are inadequate to issue the State 1 command. To Determine why the State 1 Button is Disabled,
check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in State 1, view the Details frame, or review required user
credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in State 1. If it is blinking black/green, the device is
transitioning to State 1. If it is green, the device is in State 1.

3 Automatic mode enables the device to be commanded from logic by means of the input ARQ (Automatic
Request). Click Auto, when it is enabled, to place the device in automatic mode. The Auto button is enabled
when its text is white, and disabled when its text is silver. The Auto Button may be disabled, when Automatic
mode is active, the device is in Maintenance mode, the device is locked out, MCW (Mode Command Word)
does not equal 0, the ARQ is not defined, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource)
are inadequate to issue the Auto command. To Determine why the Auto Button is disabled, check the button's
indicator light to see if the device is in automatic mode, view the Details frame, and review required user
credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in automatic mode. If it is green, the device is in
automatic mode.

4 Manual mode enables the state transition commands to come from the faceplate or from Logic Developer. Click
Manual, when it is enabled, to place the device in Manual mode. The Manual button is enabled when its text is
white, and disabled when its text is silver. The Manual Button may be disabled when: Manual mode is active, the
MCW (Mode Command Word) does not equal 0, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's
resource) are inadequate to issue the Manual command. To determine why the Manual Button is disabled,
check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Manual mode, view the Details frame, or review the
user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, then the device is not in manual mode. If it is green, the device
is in manual mode. Commands can be issued from Logic Developer through the Property Inspector when Logic
Developer is online and in programmer mode.

5 Click Reset, when it is enabled, to reset a latched fault. The Reset button is enabled when its text is white, and
disabled when its text is silver. The Reset Button may be disabled when a reset command is currently resetting
an active fault, a latched fault does not exist, FFL is On, Maintenance mode is active, or the user’s credentials
(user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Reset command. To determine why
the Reset Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is faulted, view the Details
frame, or review the user credentials. If the Indication Light is blinking black/yellow, the device is faulted. If the
light is black, the device is not faulted.

6 Lockout prevents all state changes or other commands until the lockout is removed; the device is in State 0.
Click Lockout, when it is enabled, to lockout the device. The Lockout button is enabled when the blue and
white lock image button is outlined while the cursor hovers over it. It is disabled when the when the button is
not outlined while the cursor hovers over it. The Lockout Button may be disabled if Lockout mode is active (the
lock image is red and white), the device is in automatic mode, the State 0 is not active, or the user’s credentials
(user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Auto command. To determine why
the Lockout Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Lockout mode, view the
Details frame, and review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is yellow, the device is locked out. If it
is black, the device is not locked out.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 93

7 Maintenance enables the device to be commanded to any state with all interlocks, permissives, and faults
disabled. Click the Maintenance button, when it is enabled, to place the device in Maintenance mode. If
Maintenance mode is not allowed the Maintenance button will be disabled. Allowing Maintenance Operation
can only be set in the Logic Developer; it cannot be set in the Faceplate or anywhere in the SCADA system. In
Maintenance Mode all interlocks and permissives are disabled. It is unsafe to leave this operational state active
during normal operation. It should only be used to test the device. Maintenance Button may be disabled of the
Maintenance mode is active, the device is in automatic mode, the State 0 is not active, Maintenance mode is
not allowed, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the
Maintenance command. To determine why the Maintenance Button is disabled, check the button's indicator
light to see if the device is in Maintenance mode, view the Details frame, and review required user credentials. If
the Indication Light is black, the device is not in Maintenance mode. If it is yellow, the device is in Maintenance
mode.

8 Click the Normal State button, when it is enabled, to command the device to its normal operational state. The
Normal State Button may be disabled if the Normal State is active or the user’s credentials (user level or access
to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Normal State command. To determine why the Normal
State Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Normal state, view the Details
frame, or review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in a Normal state. If it
is green, the device is in a Normal state.

9 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

DC2S Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 (Read only) Reports if maintenance can be activated in the faceplate. When Allowed, the Maintenance
operational state is allowed to be activated in the faceplate. When Disallowed, the Maintenance operational stat
is not allowed to be activated in the faceplate.

2 FB0/FB1 (Input). Device feedback states are as follows: When FB0 is On, State 0 is achieved. When FB0 is
Off, State 0 is not achieved. When FB1 is On, State 1 is achieved. When FB1 is Off, State 1 is not achieved. If
a parameter is not mapped to the input in logic, the faceplate will show the feedback calculated internally by the
block.

3 PM0/PM1 (Input). Permissive states are as follows: When PM0 is On, State 1 to State 0 transition is permitted.
When PM0 is Off, State 1 to State 0 transition is not permitted. When PM1 is On, State 0 to State 1 transition
is permitted. When PM1 is Off, State 0 to State 1 transition is not permitted. If a fault occurs and Failure Mode
is configured to force the device to State 0 upon a fault or an interlock is activated then PM0 is ignored and the
device always goes to State 0, whether PM0 is On or Off. If a permissive (PM0 or PM1) is not defined with an
argument it will be set internally to On. Failure Mode is configured in Logic Developer by means of the Property
Inspector.

4 INL (Input). Interlock. When INL is On, a device is forced to State 0 (failsafe). When the Device is at State
1, the DC2S block commands the device to State 0. When the Device is at State 0, the DC2S block does not
enable any transitions to State 1. When INL is Off, the Device operation and state are not forced to State 0.

5 FFL (Input). Field Fault. When On, the DC2S block is set to State 0 (failsafe). If Failure Mode is set to Force
Device to State 0; FL is turned On. When Off, there are no active field faults in the device. If the FFL input is not
defined with an argument, then FFL is set to Off internally in the DC2S block.

6 MCW (Input). Mode Command Word values are: 0, 1, 2. When the value is 0, the mode is selected from the
faceplace. When the value is 1, the mode is locked into manual mode. When the value is 2, the mode is locked
into automatic mode. In all cases, the device cannot enter automatic mode if one or more of the following
occurs: there is no connection to the input ARQ, the device is locked out, or the device is under maintenance.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 94

7 ARQ (Input). Automatic Request commands the state of the device to State 1 when the DC2S is in automatic
mode. When On, the device is commanded to State 1. When Off, the device is commanded to State 0 (de-
energized or failsafe state).

8 IFL (Input). Inhibit Fault. When On, Faults are inhibited in the DC2S block. This means that the device will not
be commanded to State 0 upon a fault, and the Fault indication FL is Off. When Off, the fault output (FL) reports
a fault when it occurs and the device is forced to State 0, if the Failure Mode is set to "Device Forced to State 0."

9 FL (Output). Device Fault. When Off, the device fault is False when there is not a fault. When On, the device
fault is True when there is a fault. A fault can occur if IFL is Off and one of the following happens: - In a steady
state, the corresponding input feedback is set to Off (False), e.g. State 1 is active and FB1 goes Off. - In a
steady state, the other input feedbacks are set to On (True), e.g. State 1 is active and FB0 goes On. - In
transition to a new state, the feedback signal for the new state is not set to On before the transition time elapses.
- In transition to a new state, the feedback signals for the other states are not set to Off before the transition time
elapses. - The Input Field Fault (FFL) is set to On. If a fault occurs, then the device output fault (FL) is set to On
(True). When the Device Forced to State 0, the DC2S commands the device to its de-energized state or failsafe
state. When the Device State not Forced, the DC2S remains in its current state. The device must be manually
commanded to its de-energized state or failsafe state, State 0 before the fault can be reset.

10 A (Output Indicator). Automatic mode active.

11 OP. Sustained Output Command. When On, the device is commanded to State 1. When Off, the device is
commanded to State 2.

12 OP0/OP1 (Output). Momentary Output Pulses. When On, the device is being commanded to transition OP0 to
State 0 or OP1 to State 1. When Off, the device is not being commanded to transition OP0 to State 0 or OP1 to
State 1. Momentary Pulses OP0 and OP1 are used for physical devices that need to be energized only during
transition to a new state. They are also set to Off (False) on a fault condition to protect the physical device. Only
one Momentary Output Pulse can be set to On at one time. After a command the pulse is On until either the
device reaches the commanded state or the maximum allowable transition time expires.

13 Exit Button: Click to close the faceplate.

DC3S: Object Configuration and Use


DC3S: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 DC3S: Ethernet global data
(page
95)

2 DC3S: Object properties.


(page
95)

3 DC3S: Mimic objects.


(page
96)

4 DC3S: Faceplate.
(page
105)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 95

1. DC3S: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS DC3S block is as follows.
Global Data Data Item Name Data Type Description

FP[0] ST DWORD HMI Status Word

FP[1] FC DWORD Faceplate Command

2. DC3S: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an DC3S class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• DC3S General.
• DC3S HMI Properties.

DC3S General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the DC3S
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

DC3S HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Device Control 3 State block are as follows.

Field Description Data Restrictions


Type
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 96

Label Object identification. String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters or


less.

State0 Command Text on Button used to Command the Device to State 0. String 12 Characters or
Text Default: Stop. less.

State1 Command Text on Button used to Command the Device to State 1. String 12 Characters or
Text Default: Slow. less.

State 2 Command Text on Button used to Command the Device to State 2. String 12 Characters or
Text Default: Fast. less

3. DC3S: Mimic Objects

3. DC3S: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 DC3S: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
96)

3.2 DC3S: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
97)

3.1. DC3S: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an DC3S mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
96)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
97)

1. Place an DC3S mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an DC3S object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The DC3S default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 97

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. DC3S, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the DC3S mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the DC3S mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available DC3S:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. DC3S: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. DC3S: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS DC3S block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the DC3S faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 98

rect 309, 3, 384, 131 DC3S: Two-Speed Agitator 2 (page 100)


rect 230, 2, 305, 130 DC3S: Two-Speed Agitator1 (page 99)
rect 43, 91, 190, 186 DC3S: Two-Speed Conveyor (page 101)
rect 100, 3, 161, 87 DC3S: Two-Speed Motor (page 103)
rect 387, 2, 456, 131 DC3S: Two-Speed Rollerpress (page 105)
rect 46, 4, 95, 72 DC3S: Motor 2 (page 102)
rect -1, 3, 48, 71 DC3S: Motor 1 (page 102)
rect 379, 137, 457, 270 DC3S: Bidirectional Rollerpress (page 104)
rect 166, 2, 229, 88 DC3S: Bidirectional Motor (page 103)
rect 44, 192, 193, 278 DC3S: Bidirectional Conveyor (page 101)
rect 304, 136, 376, 261 DC3S: Bidirectional Agitator 2 (page 99)
rect 229, 137, 301, 262 DC3S: Bidirectional Agitator 1 (page 98)
Bidirectional Agitator 1

Bidirectional Agitator 2

Two-Speed Agitator 1

Two-Speed Agitator 2

Bidirectional Conveyor

Two-Speed Conveyor

Motor 1

Motor 2

Bidirectional Motor

Two-Speed Motor

Bidirectional Rollerpress

Two-Speed Rollerpress

DC3S: Bidirectional Agitator 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Agitator Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For Transitioning to State 0/ State 1/State 2,
the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the agitator mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the agitator has failed.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 99

5 Bi-Directional Agitator Blades. The agitator blades rotate based on State 1 and State 2. When the active state
is State 0, the rotation is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Clockwise. When the
active state is State 0, the rotation is Counter clockwise.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Bidirectional Agitator 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Agitator Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the agitator mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the agitator has failed.

5 Bi-Directional Agitator Blades. The agitator blades rotate based on State 1 and State 2. When the active state
is State 0, the rotation is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Clockwise. When the
active state is State 0, the rotation is Counter clockwise.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Two-Speed Agitator1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 100

1 Agitator Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the agitator mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the agitator has failed.

5 Two-Speed Agitator Blades. The agitator blades rotate based on State 1 and State 2. When the active state is
State 0, the speed is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the speed is Slow Clockwise. When the
active state is State 0, the speed is Fast Clockwise.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Two-Speed Agitator 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Agitator Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the agitator mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the agitator has failed.

5 Two-Speed Agitator Blades. The agitator blades rotate based on State 1 and State 2. When the active state is
State 0, the speed is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the speed is Slow Clockwise. When the
active state is State 0, the speed is Fast Clockwise.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 101

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Bidirectional Conveyor

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Bi-directional Conveyor Motor. The conveyor's motor rotates in State 1 and State 2. When the active state is
State 0, the rotation is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Clockwise. When the
active state is State 2, the rotation is Counter Clockwise.

2 Conveyor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the conveyor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the conveyor has failed.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Two-Speed Conveyor

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Two-Speed Conveyor Motor. The conveyor's motor rotates in State 1 and State 2. When the active state is State
0, the rotation is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Slow Clockwise. When the
active state is State 2, the rotation is Fast Clockwise.

2 Conveyor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the conveyor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 102

5 The Flt button displays when the conveyor has failed.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Motor 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active for
bidirectional or two-speed action. The default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For
State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to State 2/State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the motor has failed.

5 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the D3CS points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Motor 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active for
bidirectional or two-speed action. The default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For
State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to State 2/State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 103

3 Object Label.

4 The Flt button displays when the motor has failed.

5 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the D3CS points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Bidirectional Motor

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Bi-directional Motor. The motor rotates in State 1 and State 2. When the active state is State 0, the rotation is
None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Clockwise. When the active state is State 2, the
rotation is Counter Clockwise.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the conveyor has failed.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Two-Speed Motor

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 104

1 Motor Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Two-speed Motor. The motor rotates in State 1 and State 2. When the active state is State 0, the rotation is
None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Slow Clockwise. When the active state is State
2, the rotation is Fast Clockwise.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the motor mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the motor has failed.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Bidirectional Rollerpress

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Rollerpress Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Bi-directional Rollerpress Motor. The rollerpress motor rotates in State 1 and State 2. When the active state is
State 0, the rotation is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Clockwise. When the
active state is State 2, the rotation is Counter Clockwise.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the rollerpress mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the rollerpress has failed.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 105

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DC3S: Two-Speed Rollerpress

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Rollerpress Animation. The animation color is based on which one of the mutually exclusive states is active. The
default color when active for State 0 is red. For State 1, it is green. For State 2, it is blue. For Transitioning to
State 2/ State 1/State 0, the default color is grey.

2 Two-speed Rollerpress Motor. The rollerpress motor rotates in State 1 and State 2. When the active state is
State 0, the rotation is None - stopped. When the active state is State 1, the rotation is Slow Clockwise. When
the active state is State 2, the rotation is Fast Clockwise.

3 Manual/Automatic Button. Displays the rollerpress mode: A=Automatic and M=Manual.

4 Object Label.

5 The Flt button displays when the rollerpress has failed.

6 The function block name, DC3S. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the DC3S points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the DC3S points in the Point Control Panel.

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DC3S Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. DC3S Faceplate: Main Frame

4. DC3S: Faceplate

A DC3S (Device Control-Three State) function block controls and monitors a three state device,
e.g., a bidirectional motor, a two-speed motor, a bidirectional agitator, a conveyor, a roll press, or a
similar device.

When the DC3S faceplate is in Manual mode an operator can control a three state device by
commanding it to one of the following three states.

• State 0
• State 1
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 106

• State 2

Click a tab button to display and review features for each DC3S faceplate frame.

circle 58, 28, 16 DC3S Faceplate: Main Frame (page 106)


circle 148, 27, 16 DC3S Faceplate: Details Frame (page 107)

DC3S Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 The State 0 button label describes the state, e.g. Stop, Close, Off. Click the button, when it is enabled, to
command the device to State 0. The State 0 button is enabled when its text is white, and disabled when its text
is silver. The State 0 Button may be disabled if transitioning to state 0 is active, either by logic or by operator
command. (Transition is timed; a fault occurs if the device takes more time to reach State 0 than the maximum
allowable time specified.) The State 0 Button also may be disabled if State 0 is active, Automatic mode is
active, Permissive for State 0 is off, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are
inadequate to issue the State 0 command. To Determine why the State 0 Button is Disabled, check the button's
indicator light to see if the device is in State 0, view the Details frame, or review required user credentials. If the
Indication Light is black, the device is not in State 0. If it is blinking black/green, the device is transitioning to
State 0. If it is green, the device is in State 0.

2 The State 1 button label describes the state, e.g. Slow, Backwards, and Clockwise. Click the button, when it is
enabled, to command the device to State 1. The State 1 button is enabled when its text is white, and disabled
when its text is silver. The State 1 Button may be disabled if transitioning to state 1 is active either by logic or
by operator command. (Transition is timed; a fault occurs if the device takes more time to reach State 1 than
the maximum allowable time specified.) The State 1 Button also may be disabled if State 1 is active, Automatic
mode is active, an interlock is active, Permissive for State 1 is off, or the user’s credentials (user level or access
to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the State 1 command. To Determine why the State 1 Button
is Disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in State 1, view the Details frame, or review
required user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in State 1. If it is blinking black/
green, the device is transitioning to State 1. If it is green, the device is in State 1.

3 The State 2 button label describes the state, e.g. Fast, Forward, and Counterclockwise. Click the button, when it
is enabled, to command the device to State 2. The State 2 button is enabled when its text is white. It is disabled
when its text is silver. The State 2 Button may be disabled, if transitioning to State 2 is active, either by logic
or by operator command. Transition is timed; a fault occurs if the device takes more time to reach State 2 than
the maximum allowable time specified. The State 2 Button also may be disabled, if State 2 is active, Automatic
mode is active, an interlock is active, Permissive for State 2 is off, or the user’s credentials (user level or access
to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Reset command. To determine why the State 2 Button is
disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in State 2, view the Details frame, or review
required user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in State 2. If the Indication Light is
Blinking black/green, the device is transitioning to State 2. If it is green, the device is in State 2.

4 Automatic mode enables the device to be commanded from logic by means of the input ARQ (Automatic
Request). Click Auto, when it is enabled, to place the device in automatic mode. The Auto button is enabled
when its text is white, and disabled when its text is silver. The Auto Button may be disabled, when Automatic
mode is active, the device is in Maintenance mode, the device is locked out, the device is faulted, MCW (Mode
Command Word) does not equal 0, the ARQ is not defined, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the
object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Auto command. To Determine why the Auto Button is disabled,
check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in automatic mode, view the Details frame, and review
required user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in automatic mode. If it is green, the
device is in automatic mode.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 107

5 Manual mode enables the state transition commands to come from the faceplate or from Logic Developer. Click
Manual, when it is enabled, to place the device in Manual mode. The Manual button is enabled when its text is
white, and disabled when its text is silver. The Manual Button may be disabled when: Manual mode is active, the
MCW (Mode Command Word) does not equal 0, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's
resource) are inadequate to issue the Manual command. To determine why the Manual Button is disabled,
check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Manual mode, view the Details frame, or review the
user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, then the device is not in manual mode. If it is green, the device
is in manual mode. Commands can be issued from Logic Developer through the Property Inspector when Logic
Developer is online and in programmer mode.

6 Click Reset, when it is enabled, to reset a latched fault. The Reset button is enabled when its text is white, and
disabled when its text is silver. The Reset Button may be disabled when a reset command is currently resetting
an active fault, a latched fault is not active, Maintenance mode is active, or the user’s credentials (user level
or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Reset command. To determine why the Reset
Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is faulted, view the Details frame, or
review the user credentials. If the Indication Light is blinking black/yellow, the device is faulted. If the light is
black, the device is not faulted.

7 Lockout prevents all state changes or other commands until the lockout is removed; the device is in State 0.
Click Lockout, when it is enabled, to lockout the device. The Lockout button is enabled when the blue and
white lock image button is outlined while the cursor hovers over it. It is disabled when the when the button is
not outlined while the cursor hovers over it. The Lockout Button may be disabled if Lockout mode is active (the
lock image is red and white), the device is in automatic mode, the State 0 is not active, or the user’s credentials
(user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Auto command. To determine why
the Lockout Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Lockout mode, view the
Details frame, and review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is yellow, the device is locked out. If it
is black, the device is not locked out.

8 Maintenance enables the device to be commanded to any state. Click the Maintenance button, when it is
enabled, to place the device in Maintenance mode. If Maintenance mode is not allowed the Maintenance button
will be disabled. Allowing Maintenance Operation can only be set in the Logic Developer; it cannot be set in
the Faceplate or anywhere in the SCADA system. In Maintenance Mode all interlocks and permissives are
disabled. It is unsafe to leave this operational state active during normal operation. It should only be used
to test the device. Maintenance Button may be disabled of the Maintenance mode is active, the device is in
automatic mode, the State 0 is not active, Maintenance mode is not allowed, or the user’s credentials (user level
or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Maintenance command. To determine why the
Maintenance Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Maintenance mode,
view the Details frame, and review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in
Maintenance mode. If it is yellow, the device is in Maintenance mode.

9 Click the Normal State button, when it is enabled, to command the device to its normal operational state. The
Normal State Button may be disabled if the Normal State is active or the user’s credentials (user level or access
to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Normal State command. To determine why the Normal
State Button is disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if the device is in Normal state, view the Details
frame, or review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is black, the device is not in a Normal state. If it
is green, the device is in a Normal state.

10 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

DC3S Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 (Read only) Reports if maintenance can be activated in the faceplate. When Allowed, the Maintenance
operational state is allowed to be activated in the faceplate. When Disallowed, the Maintenance operational stat
is not allowed to be activated in the faceplate.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 108

2 FB0/FB1 (Input). Device feedback states are as follows: When FB0 is On, State 0 is achieved. When FB0 is
Off, State 0 is not achieved. When FB1 is On, State 1 is achieved. When FB1 is Off, State 1 is not achieved. If
a parameter is not mapped to the input in logic, the faceplate will show the feedback calculated internally by the
block.

3 PM0/PM1/PM2 (Input). Permissive states are as follows: When PM0 is On, transition to State 0 is permitted.
When PM0 is Off, transition to State 0 is not permitted. When PM1 is On, transition to State 1 is permitted.
When PM1 is Off, transition to State 1 is not permitted. When PM2 is On, transition to State 2 is permitted.
When PM2 is Off, transition to State 2 is not permitted. If a fault occurs and Failure Mode is configured to force
the device to State 0 upon a fault or an interlock is activated then PM0 is ignored and the device always goes to
State 0, whether PM0 is On or Off. If a permissive (PM0, PM1, or PM2) is not defined with an argument it will be
set internally to On. Failure Mode is configured in Logic Developer by means of the Property Inspector.

4 INL (Input). Interlock. When INL is On, a device is forced to State 0 (failsafe). When the Device is at State 1
or State 2, the DC3S block commands the device to State 0. When the Device is at State 0, the DC3S block
cannot be commanded to another state until INL goes Off. When INL is Off, the Device operation and state are
not forced to State 0.

5 FFL (Input). Field Fault. When On, the DC3S block is set to State 0 (failsafe) and FL is turned On. When FFL is
Off, there are no active field faults in the device. If the device does not have a field fault signal wired back to the
control system, then FFL is set to off internally in the DC3S block.

6 MCW (Input). Mode Command Word values are: 0, 1, 2. When the value is 0, the mode is selected from the
faceplace. When the value is 1, the mode is locked into manual mode. When the value is 2, the mode is locked
into automatic mode. In all cases, the device cannot enter automatic mode if one or more of the following
occurs: there is no connection to the input ARQ, the device is locked out, or the device is under maintenance.

7 ARQ (Input). Automatic Request commands the state of the device to State 0, State 1, or State 2 when the
DC3S is in automatic mode. When the value is 1, the device is commanded to State 0 (de-energized or failsafe
state). When the value is 2, the device is commanded to State 1. When the value is 3, the device is commanded
to State 2.

8 IFL (Input). Inhibit Fault. When On, Faults are inhibited in the DC3S block. This means that the device will not
be commanded to State 0 upon a fault, and the Fault indication FL is Off. When Off, the fault output (FL) reports
a fault when it occurs and the device is forced to State 0, if the Failure Mode is set to "Device Forced to State 0."

9 FL (Output). Device Fault. When Off, the device fault is False when there is not a fault. When On, the device
fault is True when there is a fault. A fault can occur if IFL is Off and one of the following happens: - In a steady
state, the corresponding input feedback is set to Off (False), e.g. State 1 is active and FB1 goes Off. - In a
steady state, the other input feedbacks are set to On (True), e.g. State 1 is active and FB0 goes On. - In
transition to a new state, the feedback signal for the new state is not set to On before the transition time elapses.
- In transition to a new state, the feedback signals for the other states are not set to Off before the transition time
elapses. - The Input Field Fault (FFL) is set to On. - The Input Inhibit Fault (IFL) is set to Off. If a fault occurs,
then the device output fault (FL) is set to On (True). When the Device Forced to State 0, the DC3S commands
the device to its de-energized state or failsafe state. When the Device State not Forced, the DC3S remains in
its current state. The device must be manually commanded to its de-energized state or failsafe state, State 0
before the fault can be reset.

10 A (Output Indicator). Automatic mode active. When On, the device is in automatic mode. When Off, the device is
in manual mode.

11 S0/S1/S2 (Output). Sustained Output Commands. When S0 is On, the device is commanded to State 0. When
S0 is Off, the device is not commanded to State 0. When S1 is On, the device is commanded to State 1. When
S1 is Off, the device is not commanded to State 1. When S2 is On, the device is commanded to State 2. When
S2 is Off, the device is not commanded to State 2.

12 OP0/OP1/OP2 (Output). Momentary Output Pulses. When OP0/OP1/OP2 is On, the device is being
commanded to transition. When OP0/OP1/OP2 is off, the device is not being commanded to transition. OP
outputs are used for physical devices that need to be energized only during transition to a new state. Set to Off
(False) on a fault condition to protect the physical device. Only one Momentary Output Pulse state output can be
set to On at one time. After a command the pulse is On until either the device reaches the commanded state or
the maximum allowable transition time expires.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 109

13 Exit Button: Click to close the faceplate.

DI: Object Configuration and Use


DI: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 DI: Ethernet global data
(page
109)

2 DI: Object properties.


(page
109)

3 DI: Mimic objects.


(page
110)

4 DI: Faceplate.
(page
114)

1. DI: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS DI block is as follows.


Global Data Data Type Description

PI BOOL[16] Status

FC UINT Faceplate Command

FC = 1 Activate Forcing

FC = 2 De-activate Forcing

FV UINT Forced Value

2. DI: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an DI class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 110

• DI General.
• DI HMI Properties.

DI General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the DI object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

DI HMI Properties
Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Discrete Input block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

False State Text displayed when ST = 0. String

Label Object Identification. String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters or less

True State Text displayed when ST = 1. String

3. DI: Mimic Objects

3. DI: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 DI: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
111)

3.2 DI: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
112)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 111

3.1. DI: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an DI mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
111)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
111)

1. Place an DI mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an DI object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The DI default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. DI, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the DI mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the DI mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available DI:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 112

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. DI: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. DI: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS DI block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the DI faceplate through any object. However, the exact data that
the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used

rect 327, 39, 392, 95 DI: Indicator 4 (page 114)


rect 252, 31, 317, 87 DI: Indicator 3 (page 113)
rect 144, 18, 209, 103 DI: Indicator 2 (page 113)
rect 3, 1, 68, 123 DI: Indicator 1 (page 112)
Indicator1

Indicator2

Indicator3

Indicator4

DI: Indicator 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = Normal State, the
color is the Normal state color, which is red by default. When PV State <> Normal State, the color reports an
Indicative state, which is green by default. Normal State is configured in the Engineering Workstation Inspector
as either Normally Open or Normally Closed.

3 Displays Forced, if Forcing is active. Forcing overrides the PV value with a user specified value.

4 The function block name, DI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the DI points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the DI points in the Point Control Panel.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 113

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DI: Indicator 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = Normal State, the
color is the Normal state color, which is red by default. When PV State <> Normal State, the color reports an
Indicative state, which is green by default. Normal State is configured in the Engineering Workstation Inspector
as either Normally Open or Normally Closed.

3 The function block name, DI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the DI points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the DI points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DI: Indicator 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: This object is designed to be "plugged" into another object; the other object will have a tag
name.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = Normal State, the
color is the Normal state color, which is red by default. When PV State <> Normal State, the color reports an
Indicative state, which is green by default. Normal State is configured in the Engineering Workstation Inspector
as either Normally Open or Normally Closed.

3 The function block name, DI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the DI points in the Point View window.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 114

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the DI points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DI: Indicator 4

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: This object is designed to be "plugged" into another object; the other object will have a tag
name.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = Normal State, the
color is the Normal state color, which is red by default. When PV State <> Normal State, the color reports an
Indicative state, which is green by default. Normal State is configured in the Engineering Workstation Inspector
as either Normally Open or Normally Closed.

3 The function block name, DI. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the DI points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the DI points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DI Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. DI: Faceplate

4. DI: Faceplate

Discrete inputs have two states.

The DI faceplate reflects the current state of the discrete input (DI) and allows operators to force the
DI state to one of the two states. It also indicates the health of the input.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each DI faceplate frame.

circle 77, 34, 14 DI Faceplate: Main Frame (page 115)


circle 183, 35, 14 DI Faceplate: Details Frame (page 115)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 115

DI Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 The description of the current DI state. The default descriptions are: Off, On. More descriptive state definitions,
which can be entered in the DI object’s Properties dialog box, may display instead of On/Off. Example: Inlet
Temperature High may display instead of Off. Inlet Temperature Normal may display instead of On.

2 Forcing is Active if the PV value is forced. Forcing is Inactive if the PV value is not forced. Forcing can be set to
Active or Inactive on the Details frame.

3 Quality is Bad if the discrete input has a diagnostic fault. The PV state is set based on a configured response to
bad quality, e.g. Bad Quality PV is set to 0 or 1 or last good value. Quality is Good if the discrete input is healthy.

4 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

DI Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Click the Forcing check box to enable or disable forcing.

2 Value. Click to force an On or Off state. On means that the PV is forced to the On state. Off means that the PV
is forced to the Off state. If Forcing is active, On can be clicked to Off; Off can be clicked to On.

3 Quality. Checking discrete input quality is either Enabled or Disabled. Quality on the Main frame will always
display Good if checking is disabled.

4 De-bouncing states are: Active or Inactive. De-bouncing prevents signal noise and transitory cycling from being
reflected in the DI state. For example, if a signal spikes for a brief moment, due to noise, and causes a state
change to occur, de-bouncing will prevent that state change to be passed to the PV.

5 Raw Input State; the hardwired input. On displays when the energized state is achieved. Off displays when the
de-energized state is achieved.

6 The conditioned value of RAW. On displays when the energized state is achieved. Off displays when the de-
energized state is achieved.

7 The bad quality indication: On or Off. On displays when the discrete input has bad quality. Off displays when
the discrete input is healthy.

8 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 116

DOUT: Object Configuration and Use


DOUT: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 DOUT: Ethernet global data
(page
116)

2 DOUT: Object properties.


(page
116)

3 DOUT: Mimic objects.


(page
117)

4 DOUT: Faceplate.
(page
121)

1. DOUT: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS DOUT block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

ST BOOL[16] HMI Status

FC UINT Faceplate Command

FC = 1 Activate Forcing

FC = 2 De-activate Forcing

FV UINT Forced Value

2. DOUT: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an DOUT class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• DOUT General.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 117

• DOUT HMI Properties.

DOUT General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the DOUT
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

DOUT HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Discrete utput block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

False State Text displayed when ST = 0. String

Label Object Identification. String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters or less

True State Text displayed when ST = 1. String

3. DOUT: Mimic Objects

3. DOUT: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 DOUT: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
117)

3.2 DOUT: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
119)

3.1. DOUT: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 118

A Place an DOUT mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
118)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
118)

1. Place an DOUT mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an DOUT object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The DOUT default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. DOUT, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the DOUT mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the DOUT mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available DOUT:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 119

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. DOUT: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. DOUT: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS DOUT block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the DOUT faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used

rect 258, 30, 322, 91 DOUT: Indicator 4 (page 121)


rect 184, 3, 248, 64 DOUT: Indicator 3 (page 120)
rect 103, -3, 167, 97 DOUT: Indicator 2 (page 120)
rect 7, 3, 86, 131 DOUT: Indicator 1 (page 119)
indicator1

Indicator2

Indicator3

Indicator4

DOUT: Indicator 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = On, the On state color
is green by default. When PV State= Off, the Off state color is red by default.

3 Displays Forced, if Forcing is active. Forcing overrides the PV value with a user specified value.

4 The function block name, DOUT. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the DOUT points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the DOUT points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DOUT Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 120

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DOUT: Indicator 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = On, the On state color
is green by default. When PV State= Off, the Off state color is red by default.

3 The function block name, DOUT. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the DOUT points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the DOUT points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DOUT Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DOUT: Indicator 3

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: This object is designed to be "plugged" into another object; the other object will have a tag
name.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = On, the On state color
is green by default. When PV State= Off, the Off state color is red by default.

3 The function block name, DOUT. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the DOUT points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the DOUT points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DOUT Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 121

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

DOUT: Indicator 4

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PV State. The color that displays is based on the following conditions: When PV State = On, the On state color
is green by default. When PV State= Off, the Off state color is red by default.

3 The function block name, DOUT. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

4 Point View. Displays the DOUT points in the Point View window.

5 Point Control Panel. Displays the DOUT points in the Point Control Panel.

6 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: DOUT Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

7 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. DOUT: Faceplate

4. DOUT: Faceplate

Discrete outputs have two states.

The DOUT faceplate reflects the current state of the discrete output (DOUT) and allows operators to
force the DOUT state to one of the two states.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each DOUT faceplate frame.

circle 80, 36, 14 DOUT Faceplate: Main Frame (page 121)


circle 195, 36, 14 DOUT Faceplate: Details Frame (page 122)

DOUT Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 The description of the current DOUT state. Default descriptions are: Off, On. More descriptive state definitions,
which can be entered in the DOUT object’s Properties dialog box, may display instead of On/Off. For example:
Open Valve may display instead of Off. Close Valve may display instead of On.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 122

2 Forcing is Active when the RAW value is forced. Forcing is Inactive RAW value is not forced. Forcing can be set
to Active or Inactive on the Details frame.

3 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

DOUT Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with both
the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry fields
should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Click the Forcing check box to enable or disable forcing.

2 Click to force an On or Off state. When On, Raw is forced to the On state. When Off, Raw is forced to the Off
state. If Forcing is active, On can be clicked to Off; Off can be clicked to On.

3 The discrete state passed into the DOUT block which determines the RAW state. On displays when the
energized state is achieved. Off displays when the de-energized state is achieved.

4 Raw Output State; the hardwired output. On displays when the energized state is achieved. Off displays when
the de-energized state is achieved.

5 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

IND_A: Object Configuration and Use


IND_A: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 IND_A: Ethernet global data
(page
123)

2 IND_A: Object properties.


(page
123)

3 IND_A: Mimic objects.


(page
124)

4 IND_A: Faceplate.
(page
128)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 123

1. IND_A: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS IND_A block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

CB UINT Clamp Type.

CV [0] REAL Minimum Clamp.

CV [1] REAL Maximum Clamp.

ST REAL Analog Indication.

2. IND_A: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an IND_A class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• IND_A General.
• IND_A HMI Properties.

IND_A General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the IND_A
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

IND_A HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the HMI Analog Indication block are as follows.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 124

HMI Properties Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification. String

Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

Resource Resource. String 16 Characters or less

Engineering Units Analog Indication Engineering units. String 8 Characters or less

3. IND_A: Mimic Objects

3. IND_A: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 IND_A: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
124)

3.2 IND_A: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
125)

3.1. IND_A: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an IND_A mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
124)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
125)

1. Place an IND_A mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an IND_A object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The IND_A default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. IND_A, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 125

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the IND_A mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the IND_A mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available IND_A:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. IND_A: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. IND_A: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS IND_A block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the IND_A faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 26, 82, 140, 322 IND_A: Vertical Bar (page 127)
rect 170, 90, 304, 247 IND_A: Dial Readout (page 127)
rect 13, 11, 170, 79 IND_A: Basic Readout 1 (page 126)
rect 174, 3, 279, 85 IND_A: Basic Readout 0 (page 126)
Basic Readout 0
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 126

Basic Readout 1

Dial Readout

Vertical Bar

IND_A: Basic Readout 0

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object label.

2 IND_A function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, IND_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the IND_A points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_A points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_A Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

IND_A: Basic Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object label.

2 IND_A function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, IND_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the IND_A points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_A points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_A Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 127

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

IND_A: Dial Readout

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Scaling Error displays if a scaling error is detected.

2 Dial Readout. IND_A function block's analog value.

3 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 Object label.

5 The function block name, IND_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the IND_A points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_A points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_A Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

IND_A: Vertical Bar

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object label.

2 Scaling Error displays if a scaling error is detected.

3 IND_A function block's analog value. The bar over an animated fill moves up and down to reflect the analog
value.

4 IND_A function block's analog value.

5 The measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit
must be specified with 8 characters or less.

6 The function block name, IND_A. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

7 Point View. Displays the IND_A points in the Point View window.

8 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_A points in the Point Control Panel.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 128

9 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_A Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

10 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. IND_A: Faceplate

4. IND_A: Faceplate

Click a tab button to display and review features for each AI faceplate frame.

circle 68, 29, 16 IND_A Faceplate: Main Frame (page 128)


circle 154, 29, 16 IND_A Faceplate: Details Frame (page 128)
circle 233, 30, 16 IND_A Faceplate: Trend Frame (page 129)

IND_A Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Analog Value Scale. The half circle, with scaling, represents the INDA_A function block's analog value scale.
The range of the scale is defined on the Details frame.

2 Dial Readout. Needle movement is based on the analog indication value.

3 Scaling Error. The scaling values display is ?????.? when there is a scaling error or no scaling configured. To
determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

4 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard
cubic feet. The measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.

5 IND_A function block's analog value. The value is in measurement units specified in the object definition. The
value will display even if there is a scaling error or no scaling configured.

6 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

IND_A Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 129

1 Maximum and minimum values in associated engineering units. In order to have scaling the maximum value
must be greater than the minimum value. Without scaling, the Main frame dial will not function and the scaling
values will be displayed as question marks.

2 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

IND_A Faceplate: Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Y-Axis. Displays engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

2 Trend line of the IND_A analog value.

3 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

4 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

5 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

6 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

7 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.

8 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.

9 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

10 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.

12 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

13 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

14 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 130

IND_D: Object Configuration and Use


IND_D: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built (page 10) from the EGD server.
1 IND_D: Ethernet global data
(page
130)

2 IND_D: Object properties.


(page
130)

3 IND_D: Mimic objects.


(page
131)

1. IND_D: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS IND_D block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

ST UINT Discrete Indication State

2. IND_D: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an IND_D class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• IND_D General.
• IND_D HMI Properties.

IND_D General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the IND_D
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 131

IND_D HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the HMI Discrete Indication block are as follows.

HMI Properties Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification String

Resource CIMPLICITY Resource. String 16 Characters or less

False State Text displayed when ST = 0. String 10 Characters or less

True State Text displayed when ST = 1. String 10 Characters or less

3. IND_D: Mimic Objects

3. IND_D: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 IND_D: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
131)

3.2 IND_D: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
133)

3.1. IND_D: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an IND_D mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
132)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
132)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 132

1. Place an IND_D mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.

2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

3. Select an IND_D object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The IND_D default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function
block name, e.g. IND_D, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag
name.

a. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

4. Right-click the IND_D mimic object.

5. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

6. Right-click the IND_D mimic object.

7. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

8. Select the Class Object tab.

9. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available IND_D:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

10. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

11. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 133

3.2. IND_D: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. IND_D: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS IND_D block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the IND_D faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 49, 107, 131, 176 IND_D: Box Indicator (page 133)
rect 124, 20, 174, 89 IND_D: Yellow Pilot Light (page 135)
rect 65, 21, 115, 90 IND_D: Red Pilot Light (page 134)
rect 6, 20, 56, 89 IND_D: Green Pilot Light (page 134)
Box Indicator

Green Pilot Light

Red Pilot Light

Yellow Pilot Light

IND_D: Box Indicator

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: There are no faceplates associated with this object.

Area Description

1 Output Value. IND_D function block's output value is either Text for a True state, or Text for a False state. Note:
The text for the True state and False state are customized for your system's needs. The default text is: On, Off

2 Pilot Light. The box or pilot light's color changes to indicate the True or False condition. The default values are
On and Off. When On, the color is green, red, or yellow, depending on the selected mimic object. When Off, the
color is black (the default).

3 Object label.

4 The function block name, IND_D. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the IND_D points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_D points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_D Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 134

IND_D: Green Pilot Light

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: There are no faceplates associated with this object.

Area Description

1 Output Value. IND_D function block's output value is either Text for a True state, or Text for a False state. Note:
The text for the True state and False state are customized for your system's needs. The default text is: On, Off

2 Pilot Light. The box or pilot light's color changes to indicate the True or False condition. The default values are
On and Off. When On, the color is green, red, or yellow, depending on the selected mimic object. When Off, the
color is black (the default).

3 Object label.

4 The function block name, IND_D. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the IND_D points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_D points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_D Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

IND_D: Red Pilot Light

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: There are no faceplates associated with this object.

Area Description

1 Output Value. IND_D function block's output value is either Text for a True state, or Text for a False state. Note:
The text for the True state and False state are customized for your system's needs. The default text is: On, Off

2 Pilot Light. The box or pilot light's color changes to indicate the True or False condition. The default values are
On and Off. When On, the color is green, red, or yellow, depending on the selected mimic object. When Off, the
color is black (the default).

3 Object label.

4 The function block name, IND_D. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the IND_D points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_D points in the Point Control Panel.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 135

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_D Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

IND_D: Yellow Pilot Light

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: There are no faceplates associated with this object.

Area Description

1 Output Value. IND_D function block's output value is either Text for a True state, or Text for a False state. Note:
The text for the True state and False state are customized for your system's needs. The default text is: On, Off

2 Pilot Light. The box or pilot light's color changes to indicate the True or False condition. The default values are
On and Off. When On, the color is green, red, or yellow, depending on the selected mimic object. When Off, the
color is black (the default).

3 Object label.

4 The function block name, IND_D. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the IND_D points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the IND_D points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: IND_D Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

INTERLOCK: Object Configuration and Use


INTERLOCK: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built from the EGD server.
1 INTERLOCK: Ethernet global data
(page
136)

2 INTERLOCK: Object properties.


(page
136)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 136

3 INTERLOCK: Mimic objects.


(page
137)

4 INTERLOCK: Faceplate.
(page
138)

1. INTERLOCK: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS INTERLOCK block is as follows.
Global Data Data Item Name (CIMPLICITY) Data Type Description

ST[0] ST0 DWORD Status word

ST[1] ST1 DWORD Status word

TS TS DINT Timestamp

2. INTERLOCK: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an INTERLOCK class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• INTERLOCK General.
• INTERLOCK HMI Properties.

INTERLOCK General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
INTERLOCK object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

INTERLOCK HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 137

• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PPS Analog Output block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification. String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 characters or less

INTERLOCK Interlocks
Field Description Data Restrictions
Type

INL 1 - INL 8 Describes the Interlock so a user can identify it String Up to 27 characters
Descriptions easily. recommended.

3. INTERLOCK: Mimic Objects

3. INTERLOCK: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 INTERLOCK: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
137)

3.2 INTERLOCK: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
138)

3.1. INTERLOCK: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

Place the INTERLOCK mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.

2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

3. Select the INTERLOCK object in the Select an Object browser.

The INTERLOCK mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. INTERLOCK, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 138

3.2. INTERLOCK: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. INTERLOCK: Mimic Object Runtime Data

There is one mimic object (page 138) available for the PPS INTERLOCK block.

Note: A runtime user can open the INTERLOCK faceplate through its mimic object.

INTERLOCK: Diamond Shaped Object

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Shape. The Interlock object's diamond shape mimics how an interlock is displayed on a piping and
instrumentation drawing. The mimic can be placed next to the associated device mimic on process overview
screens.

2 Color. The default color animation displays yellow if any interlock conditions exist. It displays green if no
interlock conditions exists.

4. INTERLOCK: Faceplate

4. INTERLOCK: Faceplate

Interlocks prevent devices from operating under unsafe conditions by either preventing the device
from being started or by stopping the device when such a condition exists.

The INTERLOCK faceplate:

• Provides operators with the necessary information to know what interlock or permissive maybe
preventing a device from starting or why a device stopped operating unexpectedly.
• Is a read-only faceplate; no commands or setpoint entries are available.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each INTERLOCK faceplate frame.

circle 62, 35, 16 INTERLOCK Faceplate: Main Frame (page 138)


circle 150, 35, 16 INTERLOCK Faceplate: Details Frame (page 139)
circle 255, 35, 16 INTERLOCK Faceplate: INL Event (page 139)

INTERLOCK Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 INL Rows. Each INL row can define one interlocking condition. Up to 8 INL Rows can be defined.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 139

2 An empty box displays if the interlock condition is not defined. It displays green with a check mark, if the
interlock condition is both not active and not defined. It displays a yellow triangle with an exclamation point if the
interlock condition is both active and defined.

3 Interlock Condition Status. A description for the interlock. The description always displays the same text
regardless of the interlock state. The fields are dark if there is a communication failure on loss of data or invalid
data.

4 Permissive states are indicated in case a permissive is the overriding reason why a device cannot be shut off or
turned on. When the state is set to True a green box with a check mark appears. When set to Not True, yellow
triangle with an exclamation point appears. The PM0 is Permissive to go to State 0. The PM1 is Permissive
to go to State 1 The PM2 state applies to DC3S only. The PM2 is Permissive to go to State 2. A permissive is
different from an interlock in that it is the permissive to transition to a state, whereas the interlock will always
command the device to the fail safe state (State 0). Permissive states do not display if there is a communication
failure on loss of data or invalid data.

5 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

INTERLOCK Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Type of device associated with the INTERLOCK block. Can either be 3-state (DC3S) or 2-state (DC2S) device.
Question marks display if there is a communication failure on loss of data or invalid data.

2 Reports whether or not the device type that is associated with the INTERLOCK block is started. When Yes, the
device is started. When No, the device is not started. Question marks display if there is a communication failure
on loss of data or invalid data.

3 Interlock Polarity Normally Open/Closed. The symbols indicate the interlock’s normal state: Normally Open or
Normally Closed. It is configured in the Logic Developer’s Property Inspector. Question marks display if there is
a communication failure on loss of data or invalid data.

4 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

INTERLOCK Faceplate: INL Event

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 First Out. The symbol column shows which interlock condition activated first after a device start. The
INTERLOCK block can detect if multiple interlocks activate simultaneously after a device start. When the symbol
shows a blank box, the interlock did not activate first after the last device start attempt. If the symbols shows an
X, the interlock condition is active. When a device transitions out of State 0, the First Out indication is cleared.

2 Event Timestamp. A timestamp shows the date and time that an interlock condition was activated after a device
start. The block supports detecting interlocks that may drop out simultaneously (i.e. during the same execution
of the interlock block). For each interlock marked as the first to drop out a timestamp is provided when the event
took place. When a device transitions out of State 0, the Event Timestamp is cleared. The fields are dark if there
is a communication failure on loss of data or invalid data.

3 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 140

MANUAL_SP: Object Configuration and Use


MANUAL_SP: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built from the EGD server.
1 MANUAL_SP: Ethernet global data
(page
140)

2 MANUAL_SP: Object properties.


(page
140)

3 MANUAL_SP: Mimic objects.


(page
141)

4 MANUAL_SP: Faceplate.
(page
147)

1. MANUAL_SP: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS MANUAL_SP block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

OP REAL Setpoint Value from HMI

SL [0] REAL OP Minimum

SL [1] REAL OP Maximum

ST BOOL[16] HMI Status Bits

2. MANUAL_SP: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an MANUAL_SP class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• MANUAL_SP General.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 141

• MANUAL_SP HMI Properties.

MANUAL_SP General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
MANUAL_SP object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

MANUAL_SP HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the HMI Manual Setpoint block are as follows.

Field Description Data Restrictions


Type

Label Object identification. String

Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16


Characters or
less

Engineering Manual Setpoint's Engineering Units. String 8 Characters


Units or less

Pushbutton The rate at which the output (OP) is incremented or decremented when a REAL Greater than
Rate mimic object or faceplate button is clicked. zero.

3. MANUAL_SP: Mimic Objects

3. MANUAL_SP: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 MANUAL_SP: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
142)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 142

3.2 MANUAL_SP: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
143)

3.1. MANUAL_SP: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an MANUAL_SP mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
142)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
142)

1. Place an MANUAL_SP mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an MANUAL_SP object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The MANUAL_SP default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. MANUAL_SP, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the MANUAL_SP mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the MANUAL_SP mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available MANUAL_SP:
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 143

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. MANUAL_SP: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. MANUAL_SP: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS MANUAL_SP block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the MANUAL_SP faceplate through any object. However, the
exact data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 361, 5, 455, 245 MANUAL_SP: Vertical Slider (page 146)


rect 137, 12, 326, 123 MANUAL_SP: Horizontal Slider (page 146)
rect 195, 147, 354, 318 MANUAL_SP: Gauge 2 (page 145)
rect 195, 147, 354, 318 MANUAL_SP: Gauge 2 (page 145)
rect 9, 145, 186, 299 MANUAL_SP: Gauge 1 (page 144)
rect 4, 74, 132, 137 MANUAL_SP: Basic Readout 2 (page 144)
rect 3, 5, 94, 68 MANUAL_SP: Basic Readout 1 (page 143)
Basic Readout 1

Basic Readout 2

Gauge 1

Gauge 2

Slider Horizontal

Slider Vertical

MANUAL_SP: Basic Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 (Read/Write) MANUAL_SP function block's output value.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 144

3 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, MANUAL_SP. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PAC1.FT200 Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

MANUAL_SP: Basic Readout 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 (Read/Write) MANUAL_SP function block's output value.

3 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, MANUAL_SP. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PAC1.FT200 Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

MANUAL_SP: Gauge 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Scaling Error displays if a scaling error is detected. The faceplate displays no data when there is a scaling error.

3 Up Button. Click the Up button to increase the manual setpoint by the amount specified by the attribute OP push
button rate.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 145

4 Scaling that represents the manual setpoint function block's output value scale.

5 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.

6 Needle movement is based on the manual setpoint's value.

7 Down Button. Click the Down button to decrease the manual setpoint by the amount specified by the attribute
OP push button rate.

8 (Read/Write) MANUAL_SP function block's output value.

9 The function block name, MANUAL_SP. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

10 Point View. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point View window.

11 Point Control Panel. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point Control Panel.

12 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PAC1.FT200 Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

13 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

MANUAL_SP: Gauge 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Scaling that represents the manual setpoint function block's output value scale.

2 Scaling Error displays if a scaling error is detected. The faceplate displays no data when there is a scaling error.

3 Needle movement is based on the manual setpoint's value.

4 Up Button. Click the Up button to increase the manual setpoint by the amount specified by the attribute OP push
button rate.

5 Down Button. Click the Down button to decrease the manual setpoint by the amount specified by the attribute
OP push button rate.

6 Object Label.

7 (Read/Write) MANUAL_SP function block's output value.

8 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.

9 The function block name, MANUAL_SP. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

10 Point View. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point View window.

11 Point Control Panel. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point Control Panel.

12 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PAC1.FT200 Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 146

13 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

MANUAL_SP: Horizontal Slider

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Scaling Error displays if a scaling error is detected. The faceplate displays no data when there is a scaling error.

3 Slider for the manual setpoint value.

4 Scaling that represents the manual setpoint function block's output value scale.

5 (Read/Write) MANUAL_SP function block's output value.

6 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.

7 The function block name, MANUAL_SP. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

8 Point View. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point View window.

9 Point Control Panel. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point Control Panel.

10 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PAC1.FT200 Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

11 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

MANUAL_SP: Vertical Slider

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Scaling that represents the manual setpoint function block's output value scale.

3 Scaling Error displays if a scaling error is detected. The faceplate displays no data when there is a scaling error.

4 Slider for the manual setpoint value.

5 (Read/Write) MANUAL_SP function block's output value.

6 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 147

7 The function block name, MANUAL_SP. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

8 Point View. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point View window.

9 Point Control Panel. Displays the MANUAL_SP points in the Point Control Panel.

10 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PAC1.FT200 Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

11 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. MANUAL_SP: Faceplate

4. MANUAL_SP: Faceplate

The MANUAL_SP faceplate allows operators to write a setpoint to a programmable automation


controller (PAC).

Click a tab button to display and review features for each MANUAL_SP faceplate frame.

circle 64, 32, 13 MANUAL_SP Faceplate: Main Frame (page 147)


circle 158, 32, 13 MANUAL_SP Faceplate: Details Frame (page 148)
circle 239, 32, 13 MANUAL_SP Faceplate: Trend Frame (page 148)

MANUAL_SP Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Animated fill level displays the manual setpoint value in relation to its range. Animated fill will not display if
invalid or no scaling is configured.

2 Slider action for the manual setpoint. Select and drag the slider handle to the desired setpoint value. It will not
display if invalid or no scaling is configured.

3 Manual setpoint minimum value in Engineering units. Question marks display if invalid or no scaling is
configured. To determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

4 Manual setpoint maximum value in Engineering units. Question marks display if invalid or no scaling is
configured. To determine why question marks display, view the scaling parameters on the Details frame.

5 Down Button. Click to decrement the manual setpoint by the amount given by the Pushbutton Rate. Use push
buttons to decrease/increase the setpoint in a more gradual manner than can be achieved by using the slider
action or direct entry of the setpoint.

6 Current manual setpoint value. To change the value, click the current value and enter a specific setpoint. The
setpoint will adjust to the new value immediately.

7 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, PSI, SCF, DegF. The
measurement unit must be defined with 8 characters or less.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 148

8 Up Button. Click to increment the manual setpoint by the amount given by the Pushbutton Rate. Use push
buttons to decrease/increase the setpoint in a more gradual manner than can be achieved by using the slider
action or direct entry of the setpoint.

9 Exit button. Click to close the faceplate.

MANUAL_SP Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Note: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with both
the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry fields
should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Manual setpoint minimum value. In order to have scaling, the minimum value must be lower than the maximum
value.

2 Manual setpoint maximum value. In order to have scaling, the maximum value must be greater than the
minimum value.

3 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

MANUAL_SP Faceplate: Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Y-Axis. Displays engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

2 Trend line of the MANUAL_ SP analog value.

3 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

4 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

5 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

6 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

7 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 149

8 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.

9 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

10 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.

12 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

13 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

14 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

PBUTTON: Object Configuration and Use


PBUTTON: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built from the EGD server.
1 PBUTTON: Ethernet global data
(page
149)

2 PBUTTON: Object properties.


(page
150)

3 PBUTTON: Mimic objects.


(page
150)

1. PBUTTON: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS PBUTTON block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

PB UINT Pushbutton Event

ST UINT Pushbutton Status


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 150

2. PBUTTON: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an PBUTTON class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• PBUTTON General.
• PBUTTON HMI Properties.

PBUTTON General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
PBUTTON object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

PBUTTON HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the HMI Discrete Pushbutton block are as follows.

HMI Properties Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification String

Resource Resource. String 16 Characters or less

Button Text Text displayed on button. String 10 Characters or less

3. PBUTTON: Mimic Objects

3. PBUTTON: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 151

3.1 PBUTTON: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.


(page
151)

3.2 PBUTTON: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
152)

3.1. PBUTTON: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an PBUTTON mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
151)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
151)

1. Place an PBUTTON mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an PBUTTON object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The PBUTTON default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. PBUTTON, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the PBUTTON mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the PBUTTON mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 152

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available PBUTTON:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. PBUTTON: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. PBUTTON: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS PBUTTON block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the PBUTTON faceplate through any object. However, the exact
data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 88, 105, 183, 183 PBUTTON: Radio Button (page 153)
rect 186, 33, 272, 90 PBUTTON: Yellow Button (page 154)
rect 88, 105, 183, 183 PBUTTON: Yellow Button (page 154)
rect 91, 33, 177, 90 PBUTTON: Red Button (page 153)
rect 7, 32, 81, 89 PBUTTON: Green Button (page 152)
Green Button

Radio Button

Red Button

Yellow Button

PBUTTON: Green Button

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Button Label. The label on your selected button was entered by your system's applications engineer. PB is the
default.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 153

2 Button Color. The pushbutton, when pressed, sets a momentary Boolean variable in the controller. When
Enabled, it displays green, red, yellow, or white depending on the selected mimic object, indicating the
associated point is available (the momentary PB variable is on). When Off, it displays black (the default).

3 Object Label.

4 The function block name, PBUTTON. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PBUTTON Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PBUTTON: Radio Button

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Button Color. The pushbutton, when pressed, sets a momentary Boolean variable in the controller. When
Enabled, it displays green, red, yellow, or white depending on the selected mimic object, indicating the
associated point is available (the momentary PB variable is on). When Off, it displays black (the default).

2 Button Label. The label on your selected button was entered by your system's applications engineer. PB is the
default.

3 Object Label.

4 The function block name, PBUTTON. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PBUTTON Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PBUTTON: Red Button

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Button Label. The label on your selected button was entered by your system's applications engineer. PB is the
default.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 154

2 Button Color. The pushbutton, when pressed, sets a momentary Boolean variable in the controller. When
Enabled, it displays green, red, yellow, or white depending on the selected mimic object, indicating the
associated point is available (the momentary PB variable is on). When Off, it displays black (the default).

3 Object Label.

4 The function block name, PBUTTON. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PBUTTON Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PBUTTON: Yellow Button

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Button Label. The label on your selected button was entered by your system's applications engineer. PB is the
default.

2 Button Color. The pushbutton, when pressed, sets a momentary Boolean variable in the controller. When
Enabled, it displays green, red, yellow, or white depending on the selected mimic object, indicating the
associated point is available (the momentary PB variable is on). When Off, it displays black (the default).

3 Object Label.

4 The function block name, PBUTTON. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the PBUTTON points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PBUTTON Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: Object Configuration and Use


PID: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built from the EGD server.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 155

1 PID: Ethernet global data


(page
155)

2 PID: Object properties.


(page
155)

3 PID: Mimic objects.


(page
157)

4 PID: Faceplate.
(page
168)

1. PID: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS PID block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

FC UINT Faceplate Command

KD REAL Derivative Time

KI REAL Integral Reset

KP REAL Proportional Gain

ON REAL Minimum OP

OP REAL Controller Output

OX REAL Maximum OP

PI REAL Process Variable Indication

PN REAL Minimum PV

PV Process Variable

PX REAL Maximum PV

SC REAL Controller Setpoint

SK UINT Setpoint Tracking Switch

SP Setpoint

ST DWORD HMI Status Word

2. PID: Object Properties


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 156

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an PID class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• PID General.
• PID HMI Properties.

PID General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the PID
object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

PID HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the PID block are as follows.

HMI Description Data Restrictions


Properties Type

Label Object description. String

OP Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

PV and SP Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits
Precision

Resource CIMPLICITY resource. String 16 Characters or


less

OP Output Variable Engineering units. String 8 Characters or


Engineering less
Units

PV Process Variable Engineering units. String 8 Characters or


Engineering less
Units

Faceplate OP The rate at which the output increments/decrements in Manual Mode REAL Greater than or
PB Rate when a mouse clicks on the Adjust OP buttons. equal to 0.0
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 157

Faceplate SP The rate at which the setpoint increments/decrements in Local Mode REAL Greater than or
PB Rate when a mouse clicks on the Adjust SP buttons. equal to 0.0

Animation The percentage of the full range of OP that must be exceeded by OP to Real Greater than or
Criterion Indicate that the Valve/Damper is open. equal to 0.0

3. PID: Mimic Objects

3. PID: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 PID: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
157)

3.2 PID: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
158)

3.1. PID: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an PID mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
157)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
157)

1. Place an PID mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an PID object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The PID default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. PID, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 158

1. Right-click the PID mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the PID mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available PID:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. PID: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. PID: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS PID block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the PID faceplate through any object. However, the exact data
that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 159

rect 194, 110, 283, 179 PID: VLV Top 2 Bottom (page 167)
rect 96, 101, 178, 188 PID: VLV Right 2 Left (page 166)
rect 11, 107, 93, 194 PID: VLV Left 2 Right (page 166)
rect 97, 201, 210, 284 PID: VLV ISA Vertical_R (page 165)
rect 212, 226, 325, 296 PID: VLV ISA Vertical_L (page 165)
rect 8, 196, 94, 285 PID: VLV ISA Horizontal (page 164)
rect 96, 4, 182, 86 PID: VLV Flanged Vertical (page 163)
rect 2, 2, 94, 94 PID: VLV Flanged Horizontal (page 163)
rect 339, 235, 480, 327 PID: Louver Vertical Flow (page 162)
rect 292, 97, 392, 227 PID: Louver Horizontal Flow (page 162)
rect 402, 12, 491, 73 PID: Generic (page 161)
rect 281, 16, 393, 95 PID: Damper Vertical Flow (page 160)
rect 189, 6, 275, 106 PID: Damper Horizontal Flow (page 160)
rect 397, 111, 498, 183 PID: Adjustable Speed Drive (page 159)
Adjustable Speed Drive

Damper Horizontal Flow

Damper Vertical Flow

Generic

Louver Horizontal Flow

Louver Vertical Flow

VLV Flanged Horizontal

VLV Flanged Vertical

VLV ISA Horizontal

VLV ISA Vertical_L

VLVISA Vertical_R

VLV Left 2 Right

VLV Right 2 Left

VLV Top 2 Bottom

PID: Adjustable Speed Drive

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 160

4 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

5 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

6 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

7 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

8 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

9 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

10 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

11 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: Damper Horizontal Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

3 Tracking Active Indicator.

4 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

5 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

6 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: Damper Vertical Flow


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 161

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Tracking Active Indicator.

2 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

3 Object Label.

4 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

5 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

6 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

7 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: Generic

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

4 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

5 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

6 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

7 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

8 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

9 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 162

10 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

11 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: Louver Horizontal Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).

3 Tracking Active Indicator.

4 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

5 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

6 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: Louver Vertical Flow

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

4 Bar angle. Identifies the damper or louver percent open: 100% closed (open), 50% open, or 0% open (closed).
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 163

5 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

6 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

7 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV Flanged Horizontal

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

4 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

5 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

6 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

7 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV Flanged Vertical


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 164

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

4 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

5 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

6 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

7 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV ISA Horizontal

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

3 Tracking Active Indicator.

4 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

5 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

6 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 165

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV ISA Vertical_L

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Tracking Active Indicator.

3 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

4 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

5 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

6 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

7 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV ISA Vertical_R

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

3 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

4 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 166

5 Tracking Active Indicator.

6 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

7 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV Left 2 Right

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

3 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

4 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

5 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

6 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

7 Tracking Active Indicator.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV Right 2 Left


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 167

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

3 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

4 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

5 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

6 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

7 Tracking Active Indicator.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

PID: VLV Top 2 Bottom

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 OP Mode: M for Manual, or A for Automatic.

3 SP Mode: L for Local, or R for Remote.

4 Animated color. Displays if the valve is open or closed.

5 Tracking Active Indicator.

6 PID function block's OP (controller output) value.

7 The OP engineering unit is specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, SCF, DegF. The measurement unit must
be specified with 8 characters or less.

8 The function block name, PID. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

9 Point View. Displays the PID points in the Point View window.

10 Point Control Panel. Displays the PID points in the Point Control Panel.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 168

11 Show Label/Hide Label. Show Label: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For
example: PID Hide Label: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

12 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. PID: Faceplate

4. PID: Faceplate

The PID function block provides feedback control by means of proportional plus integral plus
derivative action.

Click a tab to display and review features for each PID faceplate frame.

circle 56, 32, 17 PID Faceplate Main Frame (page 168)


circle 153, 32, 17 PID: Faceplate Details Frame (page 170)
circle 239, 32, 17 PID: Faceplate Trend Frame (page 171)

PID Faceplate Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Maximum Value. Setpoint (SP) and Process Variable (PV) maximum value in Engineering units.

2 Maximum Value. Output (OP) maximum value in Engineering Units.

3 PID Setpoint (SP) Adjustment Buttons. Up Button: Each click increments the setpoint by an amount that is
determined by SP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate Option. The button can only be clicked when the: SP
Mode is Local, SP tracking is Inactive, or the User has adequate credentials. Push Button Rate Option (Fine
Adjustment): When selected, each click increase/decreases the value by 1/10 of the SP PB Rate. Click the
button to toggle between rate options. Push Button Rate Option (Coarse Adjustment): When selected, each click
increase/decreases the value by the SP PB Rate. Click the button to toggle between rate options. Down button:
Each click decrements the setpoint by an amount that is determined by SP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate
Option. The button can only be clicked when the: SP Mode is Local, SP tracking is Inactive, or the User has
adequate credentials.

4 Setpoint (SP) Tracking Icon. Displays when Setpoint Tracking is active. When Setpoint Tracking is active, SP
tracks PV. Setpoint Tracking is used to ensure that no errors exist when the PID returns to automatic mode.
When the icon displays an operator cannot change the setpoint values from the faceplate. In order for setpoint
tracking to be active: Setpoint Tracking must be enabled (see the Details Frame) and the PID must be in Output
Tracking or Manual mode.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 169

5 PID Output (OP) Adjustment Buttons. Up Button: Each click increments the output by an amount that is
determined by the OP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate option. The button can be clicked only when the:
OP mode is Manual, Output is not tracking the reference TR, or the User has adequate credentials. Push
Button Rate Option: When selected, each click increase/decreases the value by 1/10 of the OP PB Rate.
Click the button to toggle between rate options. Push Button Rate Option: When selected, each click increase/
decreases the value by the OP PB Rate. Click the button to toggle between rate options. Down button: Each
click decrements the output by an amount that is determined by the OP PB Rate and the Push Button Rate
option. The button can only be clicked when the: OP Mode is Manual, Output is not tracking the reference TR, or
the User has adequate credentials.

6 OP Tracking Icon. Displays when Output Tracking is active. When Output Tracking is active OP tracks TR
(tracking reference). Output Tracking is used to override OP with a value fed to the PID block. When the icon
displays an operator cannot change the OP value from the faceplate; Output Tracking overrides Manual Mode
adjustments. In order for output tracking to be active both TSW and TR must be defined and TSW must be On.

7 SP Animation Bar. The animation bar displays the Setpoint value in relation to its range. The setpoint range is
the same as the process variable’s range and defined by PV Min/Max.

8 PV Animation Bar. The animation bar displays the PV value in relation to its range. PV range is defined by PV
Min/Max.

9 PID Output (OP) Animation Bar. The animation bar displays the OP value in relation to its range. OP Range is
defined by the OP Min/Max.

10 Minimum Value. Setpoint (SP) and Process Variable (PV) minimum value in Engineering Units.

11 Minimum Value. Output (OP) minimum value in Engineering Units.

12 PID SP Setpoint Command. To change the value, click the current value and enter a specific setpoint. The
setpoint will adjust to the new value immediately. Stepwise changes to the PID setpoint can be filtered to smooth
out the change in SP over time so bumps do not occur in the output. The value can be changed only when the:
SP Mode is Local, SP tracking is Inactive, or the User has adequate credentials.

13 (Read-only) Process Variable Indication. Displays the PV value in Engineering Units.

14 PID Output (OP) Value. Current output value. When in Manual mode the desired output can be entered instead
of clicking the Up or Down buttons. The value can be changed only when the: OP Mode is Manual, Output
Tracking is Inactive, or the User has adequate credentials.

15 Process Variable (PV) Engineering Units Examples of engineering units are PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

16 Output (OP) Engineering Units. Examples of engineering units are percent stroke on a valve or the units
associated with the secondary loop’s process variable in a cascade control strategy.

17 Remote Button Click the button, when it is enabled, to set the setpoint source for the PID to remote. When the
setpoint source is Remote the PID setpoint is determined by external logic and fed to the PID block. Example:
The secondary PID’s setpoint in a cascade control strategy is remote because its source is the primary PID’s
output. If the text of the Remote button is White, it's enabled. If it is Silver, it's Disabled. Reasons the Remote
Button may be Disabled include: the Remote setpoint source is active, RSP is not defined, SCW = 1 or SCW =
2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to issue the Remote
command. Actions to Determine why the Remote Button is Disabled: Check the button's indicator light to see if
the source of the PID setpoint is remote, view the Details frame, or review the required user credentials. If the
indicator light is Black, the setpoint source is Not Remote. If it is Green, it is Remote.

18 Local Button. Click the button, when it is enabled, to set the setpoint source for the PID to local. When the
setpoint source is local the PID setpoint is set by the faceplate. If the text is White, the Local button is Enabled. If
it is Silver, it is disabled. Reasons the Local Button may be Disabled include: the Local setpoint source is active,
SCW = 1 or SCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate
to issue the Local command. Actions to Determine why the Local Button is Disabled: Check the button's
indicator light to see if the source of the PID setpoint is local, view the Details frame, or review the required user
credentials. If the indicator light is Black, the setpoint source is Not Local. If it is Green, it is Local.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 170

19 Auto Mode Button. Automatic mode means that OP is determined by the PID algorithm. Click the button, when
it is enabled, to place the PID in automatic mode. If the text is White, the Auto Mode button is Enabled. If it
is Silverm it is Disabled. Reasons the Auto Mode Button may be Disabled include: Automatic mode is active,
MCW = 1 or MCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate
to issue the Auto command. Actions to Determine why the Auto Mode Button is Disabled: check the button's
indicator light to see if the device is in Auto mode, view the Details frame, or review required user credentials. If
the Indicator light is Black, PID is in Manual Mode. If it is Green, it is in Auto Mode. The PID block ensures that
when you switch from Auto mode to Manual mode and vice versa OP is bumpless.

20 Manual Mode Button. Manual mode means that OP is set by the operator using the faceplate. Click the button,
when it is enabled, to place the PID in manual mode. If the text is White, the Manual Mode button is Enabled.
If it is Silver, it's Disabled. Reasons the Manual Mode Button may be Disabled include: Manual mode is active,
MCW = 1 or MCW = 2, or the user’s credentials (user level or access to the object's resource) are inadequate to
issue the Manual command. Actions to Determine why the Manual Mode Button is Disabled: check the button's
indicator light to see if the device is in Manual mode, view the Details frame, or review required user credentials.
If the Indicator light is Black, PID is in Auto Mode. If it is Green, it's in Manual Mode. The PID block ensures that
when you switch from Auto Mode to Manual Mode and vice versa OP is bumpless.

21 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

PID: Faceplate Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Data entry fields in this Details frame are writable when a user Is associated with
both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 200. If, after you log in, the data entry
fields should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Kp: Proportional gain. The unit of measurement of Kp is the ratio of the output’s engineering units to process
variable’s engineering units.

2 Ki: Integral reset. The unit of measurement of Ki is repeats per minute.

3 Kd: Derivative time. The unit of measurement of Kd is minutes.

4 OP Min: Output minimum value. This value is the minimum for OP animated fill on the Main frame.

5 OP Max: Output maximum value. This value is the maximum for OP animated fill on the Main frame.

6 PV minimum value. This value is the minimum for PV animated fill and SP animated fill on the Main frame.

7 PV maximum value. This value is the maximum for PV animated fill and SP animated fill on the Main frame.

8 SP Tracking. If SP tracking is enabled, the set point will track the process variable when the PID controller is in
Manual mode or OP Tracking mode. During this time the set point cannot be changed through the Main frame.
Click to enable SP tracking. Clear to disable SP tracking.

9 The algorithm type that is being used: Series: Proportional, integral, and derivative terms are combined in a
manner that makes them interacting. Parallel: Proportional, integral, and derivative terms are combined in a
manner that makes them non-interacting. ???: Either of the following. Invalid or Communications have been lost
with the PAC.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 171

10 PID direction Direct: Error = PV - SP Reverse: Error = SP - PV IMPORTANT: The direction of the PID is
given in reference to the controller an not the process. This convention follows the definition in ANSI/ISA 51.1
Standard where: A direct acting controller is defined as a controller in which the value of the output signal
increases as the value of the input (measured variable) increases, and a reverse acting controller is defined
as a controller in which the value of the output signal decreases as the value of the input (measured variable)
increases.

11 D/dt: Derivative Term. Displays whether the derivative term is based on PV or Error. For the PID, the derivative
is always based on the PV.

12 MCW: The mode command word dictates the PID block's mode and selectability. No Input = Selectable from
the faceplate 0 = Selectable from the faceplate 1 = Mode is locked in Manual Mode 2 = Mode is locked in Auto
Mode

13 SCW: The setpoint command word dictates the PID setpoint's source and selectability. No Input = Selectable
from the faceplate 0 = Selectable from the faceplate 1 = Mode is locked in Local 2 = Mode is locked in Remote
The setpoint source can be remote only if the input RSP is defined with an argument.

14 RSP: Reports whether or not the remote setpoint input on the PID block is defined with an argument. The
remote setpoint is determined in logic and passed to the PID block , such as in the case of cascade control.
Defined = Defined with an argument. Undefined = Not defined with an argument. If the remote setpoint is not
defined then the source of the PID’s setpoint cannot be remote.

15 Exit Button: Click to close the faceplate.

PID: Faceplate Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Y-axis: Output (OP) Operation. Displays a percentage.

2 Y-axis: Setpoint (SP) and Process Variable (PV). Displays engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. Degrees Fahrenheit, PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet.

3 Trend lines. The default color for the Setpoint (SP) line is Lime. For the Process Variable (PV) line, the color is
Aqua. For the Output (OP) Operation line, the color is Muted Yellow.

4 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

5 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

6 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

7 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

8 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 172

9 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.

10 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

11 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

12 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.

13 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

14 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

15 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

RAMPSOAK: Object Configuration and Use


RAMPSOAK: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built from the EGD server.
1 RAMPSOAK: Ethernet global data
(page
172)

2 RAMPSOAK: Object properties.


(page
173)

3 RAMPSOAK: Mimic objects.


(page
174)

4 RAMPSOAK: Faceplate.
(page
177)

1. RAMPSOAK: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS RAMPSOAK block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 173

FC UINT Faceplate Command

0 No Action

1 Start

2 Abort

3 Pause

4 Resume

ET REAL Equilibration Time

EV REAL Equilibration Value

OP REAL Ramp/Soak Setpoint

RR REAL[10] (Array with 10 elements) Ramp Rate

SK REAL[10] (Array with 10 elements) Soak Time

ST UINT HMI Status Word

SV REAL[10] (Array with 10 elements) Soak Value

2. RAMPSOAK: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an RAMPSOAK class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• RAMPSOAK General.
• RAMPSOAK HMI Properties.

RAMPSOAK General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
RAMPSOAK object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

RAMPSOAK HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 174

• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the RAMPSOAK block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification String

Resource CIMPLICITY resource String 16 Characters or less

Engineering Units RAMPSOAK setpoint's engineering units. String 8 Characters or less

Display Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits

3. RAMPSOAK: Mimic Objects

3. RAMPSOAK: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 RAMPSOAK: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
174)

3.2 RAMPSOAK: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
175)

3.1. RAMPSOAK: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an RAMPSOAK mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
174)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
175)

1. Place an RAMPSOAK mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an RAMPSOAK object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The RAMPSOAK default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 175

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. RAMPSOAK, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only

1. Right-click the RAMPSOAK mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the RAMPSOAK mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available RAMPSOAK:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. RAMPSOAK: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. RAMPSOAK: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS RAMPSOAK block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the RAMPSOAK faceplate through any object. However, the
exact data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 2, 77, 142, 152 RAMPSOAK: Basic Readout 2 (page 176)


rect 3, 2, 143, 68 RAMPSOAK: Basic Readout 1 (page 176)
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 176

BasicReadout1

BasicReadout2

RAMPSOAK: Basic Readout 1

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 RAMPSOAK setpoint value.

3 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. Deg C, PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

4 The function block name, RAMPSOAK. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the RAMPSOAK points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the RAMPSOAK points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

RAMPSOAK: Basic Readout 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 RAMPSOAK setpoint value.

3 Object Status. Displays one of the following based on the function block's state: Active or Idle.

4 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. Deg C, PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

5 The function block name, RAMPSOAK. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the RAMPSOAK points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the RAMPSOAK points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
PAC1.almSlow Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 177

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. RAMPSOAK: Faceplate

4. RAMPSOAK: Faceplate

A Ramp/Soak function block generates an output over time, based on a user-specified profile.

The profile consists of ten ramp/soak segments.

Each segment consists of a:

1. Soak value (target)

2. Ramp rate

3. Soak-time

The output of the ramp/soak block is typically a temperature setpoint for a process.

The RAMPSOAK faceplate allows operators to interface with the profile and, if necessary,
modify it.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each RAMPSOAK faceplate frame.

circle 48, 22, 16 RAMPSOAK Faceplate: Main Frame (page 177)


circle 117, 23, 16 RAMPSOAK Faceplate: Details Frame (page 178)
circle 182, 23, 16 RAMPSOAK Faceplate: Trend Frame (page 179)

RAMPSOAK Faceplate: Main Frame

The RAMPSOAK faceplate's Main frame provides the following information and functionality.

Important: Data entry fields in this Main frame are writable when a user Is associated with both
the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 100. If, after you log in, the data entry fields
should be writable and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description

1 Current Value. (Read-only) Current ramp/soak setpoint.

2 RAMPSOAK State. Displays one of the following based on the function block's state: Active or Idle. Active
means that the block is currently ramping or soaking the setpoint based on the specified profile. Idle means that
the block’s output remains static until the next activation of the ramp/soak profile.

3 Equilibration Value. Value that the process variable must equilibrate to before starting the ramp/soak profile.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 178

4 Equilibration Time. Number of minutes it will take for the process to reach equilibrium.

5 Function Block Equilibration State. The value in the function block's state displays as follows: Active, Completed,
or (No Display). Active means that Equilibrating is in process. Completed means that Equilibrating is completed.
And, (No Display) means that the function block state is idle.

6 Segments in the ramp/soak profile. Each segment ramps the setpoint to a new value and then holds the setpoint
at that value in order for the process to soak. Field values can be modified up until the time that they are
completed.

7 Ramp Rate. Specified Engineering Units divided by minutes for the segment. The setpoint will ramp up or down
at this rate in order to reach the specified soak value.

8 Soak Value. The target value for soaking.

9 Soak Time. The time (minutes) to spend soaking.

10 Ramp/Soak Segment Status. The segment status displays: Active, Completed, or (No Display). Active means
the setpoint is ramping or soaking currently within this segment. Completed means the setpoint has completed
this segment of the profile. (No display) means that the setpoint has not been reached.

11 Click the Start button, when it is enabled, to start Ramp/Soak. The Start button is enabled when its text is
white. The Start button is Disabled when its text is silver. The Start button may be disabled because the Ramp/
soak is active. It could also be disabled if the user’s credentials are inadequate to issue the Start command.
To determine why the Start Button is Disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if ramp/soak is active.
Review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is Black, Ramp/soak is Idle. If it is Green, Ramp/soak is
Active.

12 Click the Abort button, to stop the ramp/soak. The Abort button is Enabled when its text is white. It is Disabled
when its text is silver. The Abort button may be disabled if Ramp/soak is not running or paused. It could also
be disabled if the user’s credentials are inadequate to issue the Abort command. To determine why the Abort
Button is Disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if aborting ramp/soak is active. Review required user
credentials. If the Indication Light is Black, Ramp/soak is not being aborted. If it is Green, Ramp/soak is being
aborted.

13 The Pause button allows an operator to hold the ramp/soak profile at its current state until a process event
occurs, e.g. crystallization in a chemical reactor. The Pause button is Enabled when its text is white. It is
Disabled when its text is silver. The Pause button may be disabled because Ramp/soak is not running. It could
also be disabled because Ramp/soak is paused, or the user’s credentials are inadequate to issue the Pause
command. To determine why the Pause Button is Disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if ramp/
soak is paused or not active. Review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is Black, Ramp/soak is Not
paused. If it is Green, Ramp/Soak is Paused.

14 Click the Resume button, when it is enabled, to resume Ramp/Soak. The Resume button is Enabled when
its text is white. It is Disabled when its text is silver. The Resume button may be disabled if Ramp/soak is not
paused. It could also be disabled if the user’s credentials are inadequate to issue the Resume command. To
Determine why the Resume Button is Disabled, check the button's indicator light to see if ramp/soak is paused.
Review required user credentials. If the Indication Light is Black, Ramp/soak is Not being resumed. If it is Green,
Ramp/soak is being resumed.

15 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

RAMPSOAK Faceplate: Details Frame

The RAM PSOAK faceplate's Details frame provides the following information and functionality.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 179

1 SRT (Start Sequence, Input) is one of the following: On, Off, of ???. When set to On, the logic is commanding
the ramp/soak profile to start. When Off, there are no active commands from the logic to start the profile.
??? means it is Unavailable. When the profile generation is started (either by the faceplate command or by a
pulse on the SRT), the value of the output parameter (OP) is immediately set to the value of the configuration
parameter's Equilibration value. The SRT input should be a pulse to have the ramp/soak block function properly.

2 ABT (Abort Sequence, Input) is one of the following: On, Off, or ???. On means that the logic is commanding
the ramp/soak profile to abort. Off means that there are no active commands from logic to abort profile. ???
means unavailable. If the profile is aborted, the Ramp/Soak profile goes to the idle state and the output (OP)
retains its last active value. The ABT input should be a pulse to have the ramp/soak block function properly.

3 ACT (Active state, Output) is one of the following: On, Off, or ???. On means that Ramp/soak is running or
paused. Off means that Ramp/soak is idle. While ??? means it is Unavailable.

4 PSD (Paused, Output) is one of the following: On, Off, or ???. On means that Ramp/soak is paused. Off means
that Ramp/soak is not paused. ??? means it is Unavailable. When ramp/soak is paused, the output parameter
(OP) value remains constant. If the profile is soaking, the soak timer halts.

5 The OP value is constant until the Equilibration Time elapses. This enables the process under control to reach
equilibrium before starting the profile generation. After the process is equilibrated, the OP value moves towards
the Soak value at a rate given by the Ramp Rate. Once the OP value reaches the Soak value, OP remains
at this value until the Soak Time elapses. This process continues until the end of the profile or until the abort
command is issued (ABT is set to Yes).

6 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

RAMPSOAK Faceplate: Trend Frame

The RAMPSOAK faceplate's Trend frame provides the following information and functionality.

Area Description

1 Y-Axis. Displays engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g. Degrees Celsius, PSI, inches, volts,
pounds per hour, standard cubic feet.

2 Trend line of the RAMPSOAK analog value.

3 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

4 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

5 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

6 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

7 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.

8 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 180

9 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

10 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.

12 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

13 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

14 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

TOTALIZE: Object Configuration and Use


TOTALIZE: Object Configuration and Use

The following configuration, mimic object selection and runtime use are available for any Analog
Input object that is built from the EGD server.
1 TOTALIZE: Ethernet global data
(page
180)

2 TOTALIZE: Object properties.


(page
181)

3 TOTALIZE: Mimic objects.


(page
182)

4 TOTALIZE: Faceplate.
(page
185)

1. Totalize: Ethernet Global Data

Each system wide PPS function block broadcasts a portion of its instance data onto the Ethernet
global data highway. This data is used to interface with the function block from an HMI station in
order to monitor and control a process system.

The Ethernet global data for the PPS Totalize block is as follows.
Global Data Data Type Description

FC INT Faceplate
Command
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 181

0 No Action

1 Reset

2 Start Hold

3 End Hold

NR REAL Non-resettable Total

R REAL Resettable Total

ST BOOL[16] HMI Status Bits

2. TOTALIZE: Object Properties

Open an Object Properties dialog box for an object with an TOTALIZE class ID.

The tabs in the Object dialog box are:

• TOTALIZE General.
• TOTALIZE HMI Properties.

TOTALIZE General
The Object dialog box General tab provides data (page 19) that precisely identifies the
TOTALIZE object.

Note: The Description field is the only Read/Write field on the General tab.

TOTALIZE HMI Properties


Each PPS function block has HMI properties.

When an Object dialog box is opened for a selected object, the values for these properties:

• Can be defined in the Object dialog box.


• Will display on the faceplate when it is first opened and as long as they are not changed.
• (Some properties) May be changed by faceplate users who have a role (page 8) with the
required level.

The HMI properties required for the TOTALIZE block are as follows.

Field Description Data Type Restrictions

Label Object identification String

Precision Number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point. Integer 7 Digits
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 182

Resource CIMPLICITY resource String 16 Characters or less

Engineering Units Total's engineering units. String 8 Characters or less

3. TOTALIZE: Mimic Objects

3. TOTALIZE: Mimic Objects

Mimic objects, which are used on overview screens, mimic the functionality or the device that the
corresponding PPS function controls or monitors.
3.1 TOTALIZE: Mimic object selection in CimEdit.
(page
182)

3.2 TOTALIZE: Mimic object runtime data.


(page
183)

3.1. TOTALIZE: Mimic Object Selection in CimEdit

A Place an TOTALIZE mimic object on a CimEdit screen.


(page
182)

B (Optional) Change the function block object or mimic object.


(page
182)

1. Place an TOTALIZE mimic object on a CimEdit screen.

1. Create or open an existing CimEdit screen.


2. Click Class Object in the Illustrations group on the CimEdit Ribbon bar.

1. Select an TOTALIZE object in the Select an Object browser.

Result: The TOTALIZE default mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen.

Note: When you close and re-open CimEdit, the tag name will not display; the function block
name, e.g. TOTALIZE, will display. Simply double-click the object to re-display the tag name.

1. (Optional) Change the function block Object or mimic object.

Mimic object only


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 183

1. Right-click the TOTALIZE mimic object.

2. Select another object listed on the Popup menu.

Mimic object and/or function block object.

3. Right-click the TOTALIZE mimic object.

4. Select Properties on the Popup menu.

5. Select the Class Object tab.

6. Do one or both of the following.


Field Select from a list of available TOTALIZE:

1 Object ID Function block objects.

2 Graphic Name Mimic objects.

7. Click OK.

The selected mimic object displays on the CimEdit screen when you use either method.

8. Configure the mimic object size and other objects, as required.

The mimic object is ready for runtime.

3.2. TOTALIZE: Mimic Object Runtime Data

3.2. TOTALIZE: Mimic Object Runtime Data

Mimic objects that are available for the PPS TOTALIZE block are as follows.

Note: A runtime user can open the TOTALIZE faceplate through any object. However, the exact
data that the mimic object displays depends on which object is being used.

rect 5, 145, 171, 238 TOTALIZE: Metal Plate Readout (page 184)
rect 4, 72, 133, 141 TOTALIZE: Basic Readout 2 (page 184)
rect 3, 1, 148, 68 TOTALIZE: Basic Readout 1 (page 183)
BasicReadout1

BasicReadout2

MetalPlateReadout

TOTALIZE: Basic Readout 1


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 184

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Resettable Total display.

3 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. Inches, volts, Deg F. The measurement unit must
be defined with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, TOTALIZE. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the TOTALIZE points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the TOTALIZE points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
TOTALIZE Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

TOTALIZE: Basic Readout 2

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Resettable Total display.

3 Displays when Hold is enabled.

4 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. Inches, volts, Deg F. The measurement unit must
be defined with 8 characters or less.

5 The function block name, TOTALIZE. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

6 Point View. Displays the TOTALIZE points in the Point View window.

7 Point Control Panel. Displays the TOTALIZE points in the Point Control Panel.

8 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
TOTALIZE Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

9 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

TOTALIZE: Metal Plate Readout


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 185

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Object Label.

2 Resettable Total display.

3 Measurement unit that is specified in the object definition, e.g. Inches, volts, Deg F. The measurement unit must
be defined with 8 characters or less.

4 The function block name, TOTALIZE. Displays at the top of the Popup menu.

5 Point View. Displays the TOTALIZE points in the Point View window.

6 Point Control Panel. Displays the TOTALIZE points in the Point Control Panel.

7 Show Tag/Hide Tag. Show: (Default) Displays a descriptive label for the selected mimic object. For example:
TOTALIZE Hide: Hides the label for the selected mimic object.

8 All Tags. Opens an extended menu with options to display or hide the label for all of the mimic objects on the
CimView screen. Show: Displays the label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Hide: Hides the
label for all the mimic objects on the CimView screen. Local Settings: Displays or hides the label for each mimic
object based on the last selection made for that single object. If no selection was made, the default is used.

4. TOTALIZE: Faceplate

4. TOTALIZE: Faceplate

The Totalize block calculates the amount of something produced based on the rate at which that
something is produced.

For example, a process may produce widgets at a rate that is measured in widgets per hour. The
Totalize block calculates the number of widgets produced over time based on the measured rate.

Click a tab button to display and review features for each AI faceplate frame.

circle 64, 31, 14 TOTALIZE Faceplate: Main Frame (page 185)


circle 157, 30, 14 Totalize Faceplate: Details Frame (page 186)
circle 243, 29, 14 TOTALIZE Faceplate: Trend Frame (page 187)

TOTALIZE Faceplate: Main Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Important: Command button execution in this Main frame is enabled when a user Is associated
with both the object's resource and a role that has at least a Level 100. If, after you log in, the buttons
should be enabled and are not, consult your system administrator.

Area Description
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 186

1 Resettable Total. (Read-only) Value equals a resettable Total in engineer units. The total typically represents the
integral, with respect to time, of a flow-rate signal. Click the Reset button to reset the total.

2 Total's engineering units. Examples are volts, pounds and standard cubic feet.

3 Non-resettable Total. (Read-only) Value equals a non-resettable Total in engineering units. The non-resettable
total automatically rolls over to 0 after to reaches its maximum possible value.

4 Total's engineering units. Examples are volts, pounds and standard cubic feet.

5 Reset Button. Click the Reset button, when it is enabled, to reset the resettable total to 0. The Reset button
is Enabled when its text is white. It is Disabled when its text is silver. The Reset button may be disabled if
the Commands are disabled in the function block properties. It may also be disabled if the total is being reset
either by logic or by operator command, or the total is being held by logic or by operator command. It can be
disabled if the user’s credentials are inadequate to issue the Reset command. If the Indication Light is Black, the
resettable total is not being reset. If it is Green, it is being reset. When the button is disabled, the causes may be
determined by viewing the Details frame or reviewing the user's credentials.

6 Hold button. Click the Hold button when it is enabled to hold both the resettable and non-resettable totals.
The Hold button is Enabled when its text is white. It is Disabled when its text is silver. The Hold button may be
disabled if the commands are disabled in the function block properties, the total is being held by logic or by
operator command, the HL input on the function block has an argument present, or the user’s credentials are
inadequate to issue the Hold. If the Indication Light is Black, the resettable total is Not being held. If is is Green,
it is being held. When the button is disabled, the causes may be determined by viewing the Details frame and
reviewing the user's credentials. The Hold and Run buttons are mutually exclusive.

7 Run button. Click the Run button when it is enabled to release both the resettable and non-resettable totals
to accumulate. The Run button is Enabled when its text is white. It is Disabled when its text is silver. The Run
button may be disabled if commands are disabled in the function block properties, the total is being held by
logic, or the user’s credentials are inadequate to issue the Run command. If the Indication Light is Black,
the totals are not released and accumulating. If it is Green, the totals are released and accumulating. When
the button is disabled, the causes may be determined by viewing the Details frame or reviewing the user's
credentials. The Hold and Run buttons are mutually exclusive.

8 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

Totalize Faceplate: Details Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 HL Input. The Hold Input displays one of the following: Argument Not Present or Argument Present. When
Argument Not Present, the argument on the pin of the input to the block is not present. When Argument Present,
the argument on the pin of the input to the block is present. If an argument is present on the HL pin, Logic
dictates whether the total is released to run or is held. The Hold and Run buttons on the Main frame are also
disabled.

2 RS Input. The Reset Input displays one of the following: Argument Not Present or Argument Present. When
Argument Not Present, the argument on the pin of the input to the block is not present. When Argument
Present, the argument on the pin of the input to the block is present. When an argument is present on the RS
pin, the logic can reset the resettable total. When an argument is set to True, the resettable total will reset every
execution of the Totalize block.

3 The Hold status for the total displays one of the following: Not Held or Held. Both the resettable and non-
resettable totals are held if an argument is either present on the HL pin and True, or not present on the HL pin
and the Hold button has been activated on the Main frame.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 187

4 The reset status for the total displays one of the following: Not Resetting or Resetting. When an argument on the
RS pin is present and True, the resettable total will be reset every execution of the totalized block. The resetable
total is also reset by pressing the Reset button on the Main Frame.

5 Indicates if faceplate commands are enabled or disabled. Disabled is displayed if an operator cannot reset or
hold from the faceplate. Enabled is displayed if an operator can reset or hold from the faceplate.

6 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.

TOTALIZE Faceplate: Trend Frame

Refer to the following table for descriptions of the fields.

Area Description

1 Y-Axis. Displays engineering units specified in the object definition, e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour,
standard cubic feet.

2 Trend line of the TOTALIZE analog value.

3 Trend Slider. As the slider is moved, the following displays in the legend based on the slider position: Slider
position, Y-axis value, Date, and Time.

4 Trend Scroll Back Buttons. Click to scroll back in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected (15
Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr,
or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart back in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

5 X-axis. Local (PC) time.

6 Trend Scroll Forward Buttons. Click to scroll forward in time. One page: Depending on time duration selected
(15 Mins, 1 Hr, or 8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following
increments: 15 Minutes, 1 hour, or 8 hours. 50 percent: Depending on time duration selected (15 Mins, 1 Hr, or
8 Hrs) each click on the Scroll button will send the trend chart forward in time by the following increments: 7.5
minutes, 30 minutes, 4 hours.

7 The Trend chart legend displays the following based on the slider position: the Display line, the Line value at the
slider, Date at the slider, and the Time at the slider.

8 15 Mins Button: The Trend chart time duration is 15 minutes. The button's indication light is green when this
time span is selected.

9 1 Hr Button: the Trend chart time duration is one hour. The button's indication light is green when this time span
is selected.

10 8 Hrs Button: The Trend chart time duration is eight hours. The button's indication light is green when this time
span is selected.

11 Chart Display Button: Display toggle button to maximize/minimize chart and information display. Clicking the
button moves you to successive states. The three states are: No Y-axis/No Legend, Y-axis/No Legend, and Y-
axis and Full Legend. The Y-axis, when displayed, shows the engineering units specified in the object definition,
e.g. PSI, inches, volts, pounds per hour, standard cubic feet. The date and time continue to display.

12 Unzoom Button. Draw a box around the area to be zoomed. The Trend chart zooms to your selection. Click the
Unzoom button to return the chart to its normal display size.

13 Grid Button. Click to display/hide the grid. Default: The grid displays.

14 Exit Button. Click to close the faceplate.


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 188

Step 7. Set up a PPS Alarm Viewer Screen

Step 7. PPS Alarm Viewer

CIMPLICITY provides a customized PPS Alarm Viewer, which displays all or selected alarms and
provides the capability to directly open the faceplate for a selected PPS alarm.

rect 0, 33, 28, 62 1. PPS Alarm Viewer Data (page 188)


rect 0, 142, 26, 172 2. PPS Alarm Viewer Buttons (page 189)
1 PPS Alarm Viewer data.
(page
188)

2 PPS Alarm Viewer buttons.


(page
189)

1. PPS Alarm Viewer Data

The PPS Alarm Viewer displays the following information about the listed alarms.

Field Description

Date Date the alarm was triggered.

Default MMM DD

Time Time the alarm was triggered.

Default HH:MM:SS AM/PM

Ack Y The alarm has been acknowledged.

N The alarm is not acknowledged.

Important: When an acknowledged PPS alarm is logged, the user name, AMGEN, will always be
logged, not the actual CIMPLICITY user who acknowledged the alarm.

Alarm ID Alarm ID

Resource CIMPLICITY resource


ID
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 189

State States are one of the following.

• Normal.
• Alarm.

Severity A number:

• Is assigned to each of the alarm's states, e.g. High, Warning High, Warning Low and Low.
• Indicates the alarm's severity
• Establishes a priority for the listed alarms.

Alarms with a higher severity number have a higher priority, unless there is a special circumstance that
overrides the default priority.

Message Message that was assigned to the alarm during configuration.

Note:

• Since the PPS Alarm Viewer is a customized CIMPLICITY Alarm Viewer control, it can
display different language and fonts. Font selection is the same as it is for the CIMPLICITY
Alarm Viewer control.
• The columns that are described are the default columns provided with the PPS Alarm Viewer. If
the columns in your PPS Alarm Viewer are different consult your system administrator for more
details.

2. PPS Alarm Viewer Buttons


2. PPS Alarm Viewer Buttons

The PPS Alarm Viewer provides a customized Faceplate button as well as several standard
CIMPLICITY Alarm Viewer buttons.

rect 7, 78, 33, 102 2.1. PPS Alarm Viewer Faceplate Button (page 189)
rect 57, 72, 87, 100 2.2. PPS Alarm Viewer Standard CIMPLICITY Buttons (page 190)
2.1 PPS Alarm Viewer Faceplate button
(page
189)

2.2 PPS Alarm Viewer standard buttons.


(page
190)

Note: The buttons that are described are the default buttons provided with the PPS Alarm
Viewer. If the buttons in your PPS Alarm Viewer are different consult your system administrator for
more details.

2.1. PPS Alarm Viewer Faceplate Button


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 190

You can open any PPS alarm's faceplate directly through the PPS Alarm Viewer.

Do the following.

A Select an alarm.

B Click the Faceplate button.

Result: The faceplate for the selected alarm opens.

2.2. PPS Alarm Viewer Standard CIMPLICITY Buttons

1. Select an alarm.
2. Click one of the following buttons.

The button's action is triggered, as follows.

rect 64, 74, 91, 104 (page 190)


rect 96, 74, 128, 103 (page 190)
rect 236, 73, 267, 105 (page 190)
rect 180, 72, 212, 106 (page 190)
rect 131, 74, 161, 103 (page 190)
Button Click to:

1 Ack Acknowledge an alarm. Ack changes from N to Y when the alarm is acknowledged. Whether or not the
alarm remains in the list or is removed depends on what it was configured to do.

2 Setup Open the Setup dialog box. Alarms can be filtered by selecting a setup in the Setup list and clicking
Load.
Detailed information about alarm setups, including how to create and modify setups is available in the
CIMPLICITY Alarm Viewer documentation.

3 Help Opens an .hlp file that was named in the alarm's Alarm Properties dialog box.

4 View Open a Stacked Alarm Message window. The Stacked Alarm Message window lists the date, time,
Stack state, message, and acknowledged state of each alarm, for the selected alarm.

5 Comments Open an Alarm Comments window The Alarm Comments window lists comments that have been
entered about the selected alarm. To add a comment: Click Add Comment to open an Add Comment
text box.

Note: The buttons that are described are the default buttons provided with the PPS Alarm
Viewer. If the buttons in your PPS Alarm Viewer are different consult your system administrator for
more details.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 191

Technical Reference

Technical Reference

• Glossary of Terms
• PPS required files location
• Faceplate translation
• EGD Engineering Workstation and EGD Power Tool

Glossary of Terms

Term Definition
Abs. Error Absolute magnitude of the difference between the PID setpoint and process variable.

ADV_PID Advanced PID

AI Analog Input

ALARM_A Analog alarm

ALARM_D Discrete Alarm

Algorithm A step-by-step problem-solving procedure, especially an established, recursive computational


procedure for solving a problem in a finite number of steps.

AO Analog Output

Auto mode Enables the device to be commanded from logic. Note: The mode can be changed while the
Controller runs.

DC2S Device Control 2 State

DC3S Device Control 3 State

Debouncing Ensures that only a single signal will be acted upon for a single opening or closing of a contact.

DI Discrete Input

DO Discrete Output

Forced data Overrides the PV value with a user specified value.

IND_A HMI Analog Indication

IND_D HMI Discrete Indication

Inhibition Logic within the control program to suppress faults or alarms automatically.

Interlock Prevents the device from running; high temperature interlock for a motor.
Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 192

Term Definition
Local setpoint The PID setpoint can be changed from HMI faceplate only.
mode

Locked mode The logic has locked the mode into either manual or automatic. It cannot be changed through the
faceplate.

Lock out The device is being serviced and is unsafe for operation.

Magnitude of Absolute magnitude of the difference between the PID setpoint and process variable.
Error

Manual mode Enables the state transition commands to come from the operator SCADA or Engineering Workstation
when online to the Controller.

MANUAL_SP HMI Manual Setpoint

OP Output.

Parallel PID terms are calculated independently in parallel to one another.


(Algorithm)

PBUTTON HMI Discrete Pushbutton

Pct. Error Absolute value of the ratio of the error to the span of the process variable. (ABS(SP-PV)/PX-
PN)*100.0)

PID PID

PV Process variable.

RAMPSOAK Ramp Soak Setpoint Generator.

Remote The PID setpoint is generated in logic and cannot be changed in the faceplate.
setpoint mode

ROC Rate of change.

Selectable The mode (manual or auto) can be changed through the faceplate.
mode

Series The PID terms are dependent on one another and combined in series.
(Algorithm)

SP PID setpoint

Suppressed The user suppresses the alarm generation within the HMI system.

TOTALIZE Totalized Flow Rate

Required Files Location for Process Systems with CIMPLICITY

CIMPLICITY installs the following required Process Systems files in the following Installation
folder.

...Program Files\Proficy\Proficy CIMPLICITY\Classes\PPS


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 193

Item Folder/File Description


1 Faceplate folder Contains runtime only CimView files that contain Mimic object definitions.

2 *.soc files. Function block class files

3 PPS_LIBRARY.cmsrt PPS runtime-only CimEdit scripts. Note: By default, the GSM_GLOBAL_SCRIPT


global parameter will point to the PPS_LIBRARY.cmsrt for the Process Systems
installation.

4 ppsfaceplates.cache A cache file that is used with the /loadcache command line option of CimView.
PPSfaceplates.cache contains all the faceplates file names and locks them in the
cache. It is a plain text file may speed performance when working with the PPS
faceplates. However, it is not required.

Faceplate Translation

CIMPLICITY's Process Systems faceplate user interfaces can be translated, using the CIMPLICITY
Language Mapper and an automatically created translation file Faceplates.clm.

• Faceplate translation.
• Faceplates.clm location.
• Faceplate translation guidelines.

Faceplate Translation

1. Open the CIMPLICITY Workbench.

2. Select Computer>Managed Files in the Workbench left-pane.

3. Double-click classes\pps\faceplates\FACEPLATES.CLM.

Result: The faceplate keys are listed in the file.

4. Translate the keys the same as you would do for any translation in CIMPLICITY.

Faceplates.clm Location

Open the CIMPLICITY installation folder that holds the faceplates files; the path is:

...\Program Files\Proficy\Proficy CIMPLICITY\classes\pps\faceplates

The file, Faceplates.clm, is located in the \faceplates folder.

guide: Faceplate Translation Guidelines


Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 1 - Process Systems with CIMPLICITY | 194

• During a CIMPLICITY installation that is an upgrade, CIMPLICITY checks to see


if faceplates.clm exists. If it does, CIMPLICITY will not overwrite it; if it does not,
CIMPLICITY will create it.
• A file Faceplates_src.clm is also located in the faceplates folder. Do not use the
Faceplates_src.clm file. Faceplates_src.clm will be overwritten when CIMPLICITY is re-
installed or upgraded.

When CIMPLICITY is upgraded, Faceplates_src.clm may have some new translation keys.
These keys will have to be merged into an existing Faceplates.clm in order to make them
available for translation.
• If you want to create a new Faceplates.clm, copy and paste Faceplates_src.clm into the
\faceplates folder and rename the copy Faceplates.clm.

EGD Engineering Workstation and EGD Power Tool

The Engineering Workstation and EGD Power Tool can be opened through the CIMPLICITY
Workbench.

Select Project>Process Systems in the Workbench left-pane.

The Engineering Workstation and EGD Power Tool are available in the Process Systems folder.

Review Process Systems documentation for details about using both.

You might also like